PATENT DOCUMENT

Publication Number: US-11750888-B2
Application Number: US-202117367227-A
Country: US
Kind Code: B2

Title: User interfaces including selectable representations of content items

Abstract:
In some embodiments, an electronic device presents representations of items of content available for playback on the electronic device. The representations are optionally presented in a horizontally-scrollable row. In response to a user input to horizontally scroll the row of representations, in some embodiments, the electronic device presents an animation of moving a cropping frame/border between respective representations to scroll the presented representations. In some embodiments, an electronic device presents representations of auxiliary content related to an item of content in a product page user interface of the item of content. In some embodiments, an electronic device presents representations of items of content in accordance with content consumption history of the user account. In some embodiments, an electronic device presents representations of bonus content items associated with a series of episodic content.

Claims:
The invention claimed is: 
     
       1. A method comprising:
 at an electronic device in communication with a display and one or more input devices:
 displaying, via the display, a content item representation section that includes a primary position, a first secondary position, and a second secondary position, wherein a first representation associated with a first content item is located in the primary position, a second representation associated with a second content item is located in the first secondary position, the first representation is partially overlaid on the second representation, and the first and second representations are selectable to initiate respective actions corresponding to respective content items; 
 while displaying the content item representation section, receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a request to move the first representation to the second secondary position in the content item representation section; and 
 in response to receiving the input:
 moving the first representation from the primary position to the second secondary position a first distance in a first direction; and 
 moving the second representation from the first secondary position to the primary position the first distance in the first direction, 
 wherein:
 moving the first representation from the primary position to the second secondary position, and the second representation from the first secondary position to the primary position comprises moving a cropping boundary between first representation and the second representation by a second distance, greater than the first distance, in the first direction, revealing the second representation from underneath the first representation, and 
 after moving the first representation from the primary position to the second secondary position, and the second representation from the first secondary position to the primary position, the second representation is partially overlaid on the first representation. 
 
 
 
 
     
     
       2. The method of  claim 1 , wherein the content item representation section is included as a row in a user interface of a unified media browsing application, the user interface including other rows of other representations of content items that are selectable to initiate processes to display the respective content items via the display. 
     
     
       3. The method of  claim 1 , wherein:
 the primary position is a center position in the content item representation section, the first secondary position is a left position in the content item representation section, and the second secondary position is a right position in the content item representation section, 
 a left side of a respective representation that is in the first secondary position is aligned with a left side of the first secondary position, and 
 a right side of a respective representation that is in the second secondary position is aligned with a right side of the second secondary position. 
 
     
     
       4. The method of  claim 1 , wherein the second representation comprises two or more layers of images, and while the second representation is in the primary position, the two or more layers of images move with respect to each other within the second representation in response to touch input detected on a touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices. 
     
     
       5. The method of  claim 4 , wherein the two or more layers includes a first video layer that includes playing video content and a first static layer that includes static image content, wherein the video content in the first video layer starts playing in response to the second representation being moved to the primary position. 
     
     
       6. The method of  claim 1 , wherein the second representation comprises two or more layers of images, the method further comprising:
 while the second representation is not in the primary position, the two or more layers of the second representation are fixed to each other and do not move with respect to one another in response to touch input detected on a touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices; and 
 while the second representation is in the primary position, the two or more layers of images move with respect to each other within the second representation in response to touch input detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices. 
 
     
     
       7. The method of  claim 6 , further comprising:
 while the second representation is in the primary position:
 receiving, via the one or more input devices, a respective touch input detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices; and 
 in response to receiving the respective touch input:
 in accordance with a determination that the respective touch input has a movement magnitude larger than a threshold, moving the two or more layers of images in the second representation with respect to each other within the second representation in accordance with the respective touch input; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the respective touch input has the movement magnitude smaller than the threshold, forgoing moving the two or more layers of images in the second representation with respect to each other. 
 
 
 
     
     
       8. The method of  claim 7 , wherein moving the two or more layers of images in the second representation with respect to each other within the second representation comprises moving the two or more layers of images in the second representation with respect to each other within the second representation while a border of the second representation remains fixed. 
     
     
       9. The method of  claim 1 , wherein the second representation includes a title of the second content item, and the title of the second content item animates from outside the second representation to inside the second representation in response to the second representation being moved to the primary position. 
     
     
       10. The method of  claim 1 , wherein:
 while the first representation associated with the first content item is in the primary position and the second representation associated with the second content item is in the first secondary position, the first representation is displayed with a first brightness characteristic, and the second representation is displayed with a second brightness characteristic, different than the first brightness characteristic, and 
 while the second representation associated with the second content item is in the primary position and the first representation associated with the first content item is in the second secondary position, the first representation is displayed with the second brightness characteristic, and the second representation is displayed with the first brightness characteristic. 
 
     
     
       11. The method of  claim 1 , wherein the second representation comprises two or more layers of images, the method further comprising:
 while the second representation is in the primary position, receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a selection input detected at the one or more input devices; and 
 in response to receiving the input corresponding to the selection input detected at the one or more input devices, displaying an animation of the two or more layers moving towards a foreground of the display resulting in display, via the display, of a user interface specific to the second content item. 
 
     
     
       12. The method of  claim 11 , further comprising:
 in response to displaying the user interface specific to the second content item:
 in accordance with a determination that a user of the electronic device has not interacted with the second content item:
 displaying, on the user interface, a video trailer associated with the second content item; and 
 
 in accordance with a determination that a user of the electronic device has interacted with the second content item:
 displaying, on the user interface, ambient video content, as a background of the user interface, associated with the second content item without displaying the video trailer in the user interface. 
 
 
 
     
     
       13. The method of  claim 12 , wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device has watched a first set of episodes of the second content item, the ambient video is a first ambient video, and 
 in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device has watched a second set of episodes of the second content item, different than the first set, the ambient video is a second ambient video, different than the first ambient video. 
 
     
     
       14. The method of  claim 13 , wherein the content item representation section includes the first representation, the second representation and a third representation of a third content item, and:
 while a respective representation of the first, second and third representations is in the primary position in the content item representation section, the respective representation includes at least one animated portion; and 
 while respective representations of the first, second and third representations are in the first and second secondary positions in the content item representation section, the respective representations do not include respective at least one animated portions. 
 
     
     
       15. The method of  claim 1 , wherein the content item representation section does not include a representation of an episode of a collection of episodic content. 
     
     
       16. The method of  claim 1 , wherein:
 while the first representation of the first content item is located in the primary position, the first representation includes a visual indication of a provider of the first content item, and 
 while the second representation of the second content item is located in the primary position, the second representation include a visual indication of a provider of the second content item. 
 
     
     
       17. An electronic device, comprising:
 one or more processors; 
 memory; and 
 one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
 displaying, via a display, a content item representation section that includes a primary position, a first secondary position, and a second secondary position, wherein a first representation associated with a first content item is located in the primary position, a second representation associated with a second content item is located in the first secondary position, the first representation is partially overlaid on the second representation, and the first and second representations are selectable to initiate respective actions corresponding to respective content items; 
 while displaying the content item representation section, receiving, via one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a request to move the first representation to the second secondary position in the content item representation section; and 
 in response to receiving the input:
 moving the first representation from the primary position to the second secondary position a first distance in a first direction; and 
 moving the second representation from the first secondary position to the primary position the first distance in the first direction, 
 wherein:
 moving the first representation from the primary position to the second secondary position, and the second representation from the first secondary position to the primary position comprises moving a cropping boundary between first representation and the second representation by a second distance, greater than the first distance, in the first direction, revealing the second representation from underneath the first representation, and 
 after moving the first representation from the primary position to the second secondary position, and the second representation from the first secondary position to the primary position, the second representation is partially overlaid on the first representation. 
 
 
 
 
     
     
       18. A non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the electronic device to:
 display, via a display, a content item representation section that includes a primary position, a first secondary position, and a second secondary position, wherein a first representation associated with a first content item is located in the primary position, a second representation associated with a second content item is located in the first secondary position, the first representation is partially overlaid on the second representation, and the first and second representations are selectable to initiate respective actions corresponding to respective content items; 
 while displaying the content item representation section, receive, via one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a request to move the first representation to the second secondary position in the content item representation section; and 
 in response to receiving the input:
 move the first representation from the primary position to the second secondary position a first distance in a first direction; and 
 move the second representation from the first secondary position to the primary position the first distance in the first direction, 
 wherein:
 moving the first representation from the primary position to the second secondary position, and the second representation from the first secondary position to the primary position comprises moving a cropping boundary between first representation and the second representation by a second distance, greater than the first distance, in the first direction, revealing the second representation from underneath the first representation, and 
 after moving the first representation from the primary position to the second secondary position, and the second representation from the first secondary position to the primary position, the second representation is partially overlaid on the first representation. 
 
 
 
     
     
       19. The electronic device of  claim 17 , wherein the content item representation section is included as a row in a user interface of a unified media browsing application, the user interface including other rows of other representations of content items that are selectable to initiate processes to display the respective content items via the display. 
     
     
       20. The electronic device of  claim 17 , wherein:
 the primary position is a center position in the content item representation section, the first secondary position is a left position in the content item representation section, and the second secondary position is a right position in the content item representation section, 
 a left side of a respective representation that is in the first secondary position is aligned with a left side of the first secondary position, and 
 a right side of a respective representation that is in the second secondary position is aligned with a right side of the second secondary position. 
 
     
     
       21. The electronic device of  claim 17 , wherein the second representation comprises two or more layers of images, and while the second representation is in the primary position, the two or more layers of images move with respect to each other within the second representation in response to touch input detected on a touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices. 
     
     
       22. The electronic device of  claim 21 , wherein the two or more layers includes a first video layer that includes playing video content and a first static layer that includes static image content, wherein the video content in the first video layer starts playing in response to the second representation being moved to the primary position. 
     
     
       23. The electronic device of  claim 17 , wherein the second representation comprises two or more layers of images, and wherein:
 while the second representation is not in the primary position, the two or more layers of the second representation are fixed to each other and do not move with respect to one another in response to touch input detected on a touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices; and 
 while the second representation is in the primary position, the two or more layers of images move with respect to each other within the second representation in response to touch input detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices. 
 
     
     
       24. The electronic device of  claim 23 , the one or more programs including instructions further for:
 while the second representation is in the primary position:
 receiving, via the one or more input devices, a respective touch input detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices; and 
 in response to receiving the respective touch input:
 in accordance with a determination that the respective touch input has a movement magnitude larger than a threshold, moving the two or more layers of images in the second representation with respect to each other within the second representation in accordance with the respective touch input; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the respective touch input has the movement magnitude smaller than the threshold, forgoing moving the two or more layers of images in the second representation with respect to each other. 
 
 
 
     
     
       25. The electronic device of  claim 24 , wherein moving the two or more layers of images in the second representation with respect to each other within the second representation comprises moving the two or more layers of images in the second representation with respect to each other within the second representation while a border of the second representation remains fixed. 
     
     
       26. The electronic device of  claim 17 , wherein the second representation includes a title of the second content item, and the title of the second content item animates from outside the second representation to inside the second representation in response to the second representation being moved to the primary position. 
     
     
       27. The electronic device of  claim 17 , wherein:
 while the first representation associated with the first content item is in the primary position and the second representation associated with the second content item is in the first secondary position, the first representation is displayed with a first brightness characteristic, and the second representation is displayed with a second brightness characteristic, different than the first brightness characteristic, and 
 while the second representation associated with the second content item is in the primary position and the first representation associated with the first content item is in the second secondary position, the first representation is displayed with the second brightness characteristic, and the second representation is displayed with the first brightness characteristic. 
 
     
     
       28. The electronic device of  claim 17 , wherein the second representation comprises two or more layers of images, the one or more programs including instructions further for:
 while the second representation is in the primary position, receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a selection input detected at the one or more input devices; and 
 in response to receiving the input corresponding to the selection input detected at the one or more input devices, displaying an animation of the two or more layers moving towards a foreground of the display resulting in display, via the display, of a user interface specific to the second content item. 
 
     
     
       29. The electronic device of  claim 28 , the one or more programs including instructions further for:
 in response to displaying the user interface specific to the second content item:
 in accordance with a determination that a user of the electronic device has not interacted with the second content item:
 displaying, on the user interface, a video trailer associated with the second content item; and 
 
 in accordance with a determination that a user of the electronic device has interacted with the second content item:
 displaying, on the user interface, ambient video content, as a background of the user interface, associated with the second content item without displaying the video trailer in the user interface. 
 
 
 
     
     
       30. The electronic device of  claim 29 , wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device has watched a first set of episodes of the second content item, the ambient video is a first ambient video, and 
 in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device has watched a second set of episodes of the second content item, different than the first set, the ambient video is a second ambient video, different than the first ambient video. 
 
     
     
       31. The electronic device of  claim 30 , wherein the content item representation section includes the first representation, the second representation and a third representation of a third content item, and:
 while a respective representation of the first, second and third representations is in the primary position in the content item representation section, the respective representation includes at least one animated portion; and 
 while respective representations of the first, second and third representations are in the first and second secondary positions in the content item representation section, the respective representations do not include respective at least one animated portions. 
 
     
     
       32. The electronic device of  claim 17 , wherein the content item representation section does not include a representation of an episode of a collection of episodic content. 
     
     
       33. The electronic device of  claim 17 , wherein:
 while the first representation of the first content item is located in the primary position, the first representation includes a visual indication of a provider of the first content item, and 
 while the second representation of the second content item is located in the primary position, the second representation include a visual indication of a provider of the second content item. 
 
     
     
       34. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 18 , wherein the content item representation section is included as a row in a user interface of a unified media browsing application, the user interface including other rows of other representations of content items that are selectable to initiate processes to display the respective content items via the display. 
     
     
       35. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 18 , wherein:
 the primary position is a center position in the content item representation section, the first secondary position is a left position in the content item representation section, and the second secondary position is a right position in the content item representation section, 
 a left side of a respective representation that is in the first secondary position is aligned with a left side of the first secondary position, and 
 a right side of a respective representation that is in the second secondary position is aligned with a right side of the second secondary position. 
 
     
     
       36. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 18 , wherein the second representation comprises two or more layers of images, and while the second representation is in the primary position, the two or more layers of images move with respect to each other within the second representation in response to touch input detected on a touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices. 
     
     
       37. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 36 , wherein the two or more layers includes a first video layer that includes playing video content and a first static layer that includes static image content, wherein the video content in the first video layer starts playing in response to the second representation being moved to the primary position. 
     
     
       38. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 18 , wherein the second representation comprises two or more layers of images, and wherein:
 while the second representation is not in the primary position, the two or more layers of the second representation are fixed to each other and do not move with respect to one another in response to touch input detected on a touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices; and 
 while the second representation is in the primary position, the two or more layers of images move with respect to each other within the second representation in response to touch input detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices. 
 
     
     
       39. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 38 , wherein when executed by the one or more processors of the electronic device, the instructions further cause the respective device to:
 while the second representation is in the primary position:
 receive, via the one or more input devices, a respective touch input detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices; and 
 in response to receiving the respective touch input:
 in accordance with a determination that the respective touch input has a movement magnitude larger than a threshold, move the two or more layers of images in the second representation with respect to each other within the second representation in accordance with the respective touch input; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the respective touch input has the movement magnitude smaller than the threshold, forgo moving the two or more layers of images in the second representation with respect to each other. 
 
 
 
     
     
       40. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 39 , wherein moving the two or more layers of images in the second representation with respect to each other within the second representation comprises moving the two or more layers of images in the second representation with respect to each other within the second representation while a border of the second representation remains fixed. 
     
     
       41. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 18 , wherein the second representation includes a title of the second content item, and the title of the second content item animates from outside the second representation to inside the second representation in response to the second representation being moved to the primary position. 
     
     
       42. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 18 , wherein:
 while the first representation associated with the first content item is in the primary position and the second representation associated with the second content item is in the first secondary position, the first representation is displayed with a first brightness characteristic, and the second representation is displayed with a second brightness characteristic, different than the first brightness characteristic, and 
 while the second representation associated with the second content item is in the primary position and the first representation associated with the first content item is in the second secondary position, the first representation is displayed with the second brightness characteristic, and the second representation is displayed with the first brightness characteristic. 
 
     
     
       43. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 18 , wherein the second representation comprises two or more layers of images, and wherein when executed by the one or more processors of the electronic device, the instructions further cause the electronic device to:
 while the second representation is in the primary position, receive, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a selection input detected at the one or more input devices; and 
 in response to receiving the input corresponding to the selection input detected at the one or more input devices, display an animation of the two or more layers moving towards a foreground of the display resulting in display, via the display, of a user interface specific to the second content item. 
 
     
     
       44. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 43 , wherein when executed by the one or more processors of the electronic device, the instructions further cause the electronic device to:
 in response to displaying the user interface specific to the second content item:
 in accordance with a determination that a user of the electronic device has not interacted with the second content item:
 display, on the user interface, a video trailer associated with the second content item; and 
 
 in accordance with a determination that a user of the electronic device has interacted with the second content item:
 display, on the user interface, ambient video content, as a background of the user interface, associated with the second content item without displaying the video trailer in the user interface. 
 
 
 
     
     
       45. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 44 , wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device has watched a first set of episodes of the second content item, the ambient video is a first ambient video, and 
 in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device has watched a second set of episodes of the second content item, different than the first set, the ambient video is a second ambient video, different than the first ambient video. 
 
     
     
       46. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 45 , wherein the content item representation section includes the first representation, the second representation and a third representation of a third content item, and:
 while a respective representation of the first, second and third representations is in the primary position in the content item representation section, the respective representation includes at least one animated portion; and 
 while respective representations of the first, second and third representations are in the first and second secondary positions in the content item representation section, the respective representations do not include respective at least one animated portions. 
 
     
     
       47. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 18 , wherein the content item representation section does not include a representation of an episode of a collection of episodic content. 
     
     
       48. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 18 , wherein:
 while the first representation of the first content item is located in the primary position, the first representation includes a visual indication of a provider of the first content item, and 
 while the second representation of the second content item is located in the primary position, the second representation include a visual indication of a provider of the second content item.

Description:
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS 
     This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 16/827,942, filed Mar. 24, 2020, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/822,942 filed Mar. 24, 2019, U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/855,871, filed May 31, 2019, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/967,437, filed Jan. 29, 2020, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes. 
    
    
     FIELD OF THE DISCLOSURE 
     This relates generally to user interfaces that present information and selectable options related to items of content on an electronic device. 
     BACKGROUND OF THE DISCLOSURE 
     User interaction with electronic devices has increased significantly in recent years. These devices can be devices such as computers, tablet computers, televisions, multimedia devices, mobile devices, and the like. 
     In some circumstances, such a device presents items of content. In some circumstances, the electronic device presents selectable representations of the items of content. Enhancing the user&#39;s interactions with the device improves the user&#39;s experience with the device and decreases user interaction time, which is particularly important where input devices are battery-operated. 
     It is well understood that the use of personally identifiable information should follow privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining the privacy of users. In particular, personally identifiable information data should be managed and handled so as to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use, and the nature of authorized use should be clearly indicated to users. 
     SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE 
     Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed to presenting representations of items of content available for playback on the electronic device. Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed to presenting representations of auxiliary content in a product page user interface of an item of content related to the auxiliary content. Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed to presenting representations of content in a manner based on the content consumption history of the user. Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed to presenting representations of bonus content items in a user interface for a respective series of episodic content. The full descriptions of the embodiments are provided in the Drawings and the Detailed Description, and it is understood that the Summary provided above does not limit the scope of the disclosure in any way. 
    
    
     
       BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS 
       For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Detailed Description below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures. 
         FIG.  1 A  is a block diagram illustrating a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. 
         FIG.  1 B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. 
         FIG.  2    illustrates a multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. 
         FIG.  3    is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. 
         FIG.  4    illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. 
         FIGS.  5 A- 5 C  illustrate block diagrams of exemplary architectures for devices according to some embodiments of the disclosure. 
         FIGS.  6 A- 6 FF  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device presents representations of items of content available for playback on the electronic device in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. 
         FIGS.  7 A- 7 G  are flow diagrams illustrating a method of presenting representations of items of content available for playback on the electronic device in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. 
         FIGS.  8 A- 8 W  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device presents representations of auxiliary content related to an item of content in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. 
         FIGS.  9 A- 9 H  are flow diagrams illustrating a method of presenting representations of auxiliary content related to an item of content in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. 
         FIGS.  10 A- 10 S  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device presents a content browsing user interface that is customized based on the user&#39;s content consumption history in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. 
         FIGS.  11 A- 11 G  are flow diagrams illustrating a method of presenting a content browsing user interface that is customized based on the user&#39;s content consumption history in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. 
         FIGS.  12 A- 12 CC  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device presents representations of bonus content items in a user interface for a respective series of episodic content in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. 
         FIG.  13    is a flow diagram illustrating a method of presenting representations of bonus content items in a user interface for a respective series of episodic content in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. 
     
    
    
     DETAILED DESCRIPTION 
     In the following description of embodiments, reference is made to the accompanying drawings which form a part hereof, and in which it is shown by way of illustration specific embodiments that are optionally practiced. It is to be understood that other embodiments are optionally used and structural changes are optionally made without departing from the scope of the disclosed embodiments. Further, although the following description uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch. 
     The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. 
     The term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context. 
     Exemplary Devices 
     Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touch pads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer or a television with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touch pad). In some embodiments, the device does not have a touch screen display and/or a touch pad, but rather is capable of outputting display information (such as the user interfaces of the disclosure) for display on a separate display device, and capable of receiving input information from a separate input device having one or more input mechanisms (such as one or more buttons, a touch screen display and/or a touch pad). In some embodiments, the device has a display, but is capable of receiving input information from a separate input device having one or more input mechanisms (such as one or more buttons, a touch screen display and/or a touch pad). 
     In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse and/or a joystick. Further, as described above, it should be understood that the described electronic device, display and touch-sensitive surface are optionally distributed amongst two or more devices. Therefore, as used in this disclosure, information displayed on the electronic device or by the electronic device is optionally used to describe information outputted by the electronic device for display on a separate display device (touch-sensitive or not). Similarly, as used in this disclosure, input received on the electronic device (e.g., touch input received on a touch-sensitive surface of the electronic device) is optionally used to describe input received on a separate input device, from which the electronic device receives input information. 
     The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, a television channel browsing application, and/or a digital video player application. 
     The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user. 
     Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable or non-portable devices with touch-sensitive displays, though the devices need not include touch-sensitive displays or displays in general, as described above.  FIG.  1 A  is a block diagram illustrating portable or non-portable multifunction device  100  with touch-sensitive displays  112  in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display  112  is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience, and is sometimes known as or called a touch-sensitive display system. Device  100  includes memory  102  (which optionally includes one or more computer readable storage mediums), memory controller  122 , one or more processing units (CPU&#39;s)  120 , peripherals interface  118 , RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , input/output (I/O) subsystem  106 , other input or control devices  116 , and external port  124 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more optical sensors  164 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on device  100  (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100 ). Device  100  optionally includes one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs on device  100  (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100  or touchpad  355  of device  300 ). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines  103 . 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user&#39;s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user&#39;s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user&#39;s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user. 
     It should be appreciated that device  100  is only one example of a portable or non-portable multifunction device, and that device  100  optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in  FIG.  1 A  are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits. Further, the various components shown in  FIG.  1 A  are optionally implemented across two or more devices; for example, a display and audio circuitry on a display device, a touch-sensitive surface on an input device, and remaining components on device  100 . In such an embodiment, device  100  optionally communicates with the display device and/or the input device to facilitate operation of the system, as described in the disclosure, and the various components described herein that relate to display and/or input remain in device  100 , or are optionally included in the display and/or input device, as appropriate. 
     Memory  102  optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller  122  optionally controls access to memory  102  by other components of device  100 . 
     Peripherals interface  118  can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU  120  and memory  102 . The one or more processors  120  run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory  102  to perform various functions for device  100  and to process data. 
     In some embodiments, peripherals interface  118 , CPU  120 , and memory controller  122  are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip  104 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips. 
     RF (radio frequency) circuitry  108  receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry  108  optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document. 
     Audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , and microphone  113  provide an audio interface between a user and device  100 . Audio circuitry  110  receives audio data from peripherals interface  118 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker  111 . Speaker  111  converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  also receives electrical signals converted by microphone  113  from sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface  118  for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory  102  and/or RF circuitry  108  by peripherals interface  118 . In some embodiments, audio circuitry  110  also includes a headset jack (e.g.,  212 ,  FIG.  2   ). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry  110  and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone). 
     I/O subsystem  106  couples input/output peripherals on device  100 , such as touch screen  112  and other input control devices  116 , to peripherals interface  118 . I/O subsystem  106  optionally includes display controller  156 , optical sensor controller  158 , intensity sensor controller  159 , haptic feedback controller  161  and one or more input controllers  160  for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers  160  receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices  116 . The other input control devices  116  optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, input controller(s)  160  are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, infrared port, USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g.,  208 ,  FIG.  2   ) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker  111  and/or microphone  113 . The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g.,  206 ,  FIG.  2   ). 
     A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen  112  or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g.,  206 ) optionally turns power to device  100  on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen  112  is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards. 
     Touch-sensitive display  112  provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. As described above, the touch-sensitive operation and the display operation of touch-sensitive display  112  are optionally separated from each other, such that a display device is used for display purposes and a touch-sensitive surface (whether display or not) is used for input detection purposes, and the described components and functions are modified accordingly. However, for simplicity, the following description is provided with reference to a touch-sensitive display. Display controller  156  receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen  112 . Touch screen  112  displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output corresponds to user-interface objects. 
     Touch screen  112  has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory  102 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen  112  and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images) that are displayed on touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between touch screen  112  and the user corresponds to a finger of the user. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat. No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen  112  displays visual output from device  100 , whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touch screen  112  using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user. 
     In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device  100  optionally includes a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen  112  or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen. 
     Device  100  also includes power system  162  for powering the various components. Power system  162  optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable or non-portable devices. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more optical sensors  164 .  FIG.  1 A  shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller  158  in I/O subsystem  106 . Optical sensor  164  optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor  164  receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module  143  (also called a camera module), optical sensor  164  optionally captures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112  on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user&#39;s image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor  164  can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor  164  is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller  159  in I/O subsystem  106 . Contact intensity sensor  165  optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112  which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors  166 .  FIG.  1 A  shows proximity sensor  166  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, proximity sensor  166  is, optionally, coupled to input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Proximity sensor  166  optionally performs as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Ser. No. 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen  112  when the multifunction device is placed near the user&#39;s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call). 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators  167 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller  161  in I/O subsystem  106 . Tactile output generator  167  optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module  133  and generates tactile outputs on device  100  that are capable of being sensed by a user of device  100 . In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device  100 ) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device  100 ). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112  which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more accelerometers  168 .  FIG.  1 A  shows accelerometer  168  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, accelerometer  168  is, optionally, coupled to an input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Accelerometer  168  optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device  100  optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s)  168 , a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device  100 . 
     In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory  102  include operating system  126 , communication module (or set of instructions)  128 , contact/motion module (or set of instructions)  130 , graphics module (or set of instructions)  132 , text input module (or set of instructions)  134 , Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions)  135 , and applications (or sets of instructions)  136 . Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG.  1 A ) or  370  ( FIG.  3   ) stores device/global internal state  157 , as shown in  FIGS.  1 A and  3   . Device/global internal state  157  includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display  112 ; sensor state, including information obtained from the device&#39;s various sensors and input control devices  116 ; and location information concerning the device&#39;s location and/or attitude. 
     Operating system  126  (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components. 
     Communication module  128  facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports  124  and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry  108  and/or external port  124 . External port  124  (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used on iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices. 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects contact with touch screen  112  (in conjunction with display controller  156 ) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module  130  includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact) determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module  130  receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  and display controller  156  detect contact on a touchpad. 
     In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device  100 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter). 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event. 
     Graphics module  132  includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen  112  or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including without limitation text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations and the like. 
     In some embodiments, graphics module  132  stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module  132  receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller  156 . 
     Haptic feedback module  133  includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s)  167  to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device  100  in response to user interactions with device  100 . 
     Text input module  134 , which is, optionally, a component of graphics module  132 , provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts  137 , e-mail  140 , IM  141 , browser  147 , and any other application that needs text input). 
     GPS module  135  determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone  138  for use in location-based dialing, to camera  143  as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets). 
     Applications  136  optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
         contacts module  137  (sometimes called an address book or contact list);   telephone module  138 ;   video conferencing module  139 ;   e-mail client module  140 ;   instant messaging (IM) module  141 ;   workout support module  142 ;   camera module  143  for still and/or video images;   image management module  144 ;   video player module;   music player module;   browser module  147 ;   calendar module  148 ;   widget modules  149 , which optionally include one or more of: weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , dictionary widget  149 - 5 , and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   widget creator module  150  for making user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   search module  151 ;   video and music player module  152 , which merges video player module and music player module;   notes module  153 ;   map module  154 ; and/or   online video module  155 .       

     Examples of other applications  136  that are, optionally, stored in memory  102  include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , contacts module  137  are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state  192  of contacts module  137  in memory  102  or memory  370 ), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone  138 , video conference module  139 , e-mail  140 , or IM  141 ; and so forth. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , telephone module  138  are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module  137 , modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , contacts module  137 , and telephone module  138 , video conference module  139  includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140  includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module  144 , e-mail client module  140  makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module  143 . 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , the instant messaging module  141  includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , map module  154 , and music player module, workout support module  142  includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor(s)  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and image management module  144 , camera module  143  includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory  102 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory  102 . 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and camera module  143 , image management module  144  includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , browser module  147  includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , calendar module  148  includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , widget modules  149  are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , and dictionary widget  149 - 5 ) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget  149 - 6 ). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , the widget creator module  150  are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , search module  151  includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory  102  that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , and browser module  147 , video and music player module  152  includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen  112  or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ). In some embodiments, device  100  optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , notes module  153  includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , and browser module  147 , map module  154  are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , online video module  155  includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module  141 , rather than e-mail client module  140 , is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Jun. 20, 2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Dec. 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module  152 ,  FIG.  1 A ). In some embodiments, memory  102  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  102  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     In some embodiments, device  100  is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device  100 , the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device  100  is, optionally, reduced. 
     The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device  100  to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device  100 . In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad. 
       FIG.  1 B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG.  1 A ) or  370  ( FIG.  3   ) includes event sorter  170  (e.g., in operating system  126 ) and a respective application  136 - 1  (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications  137 - 151 ,  155 ,  380 - 390 ). 
     Event sorter  170  receives event information and determines the application  136 - 1  and application view  191  of application  136 - 1  to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter  170  includes event monitor  171  and event dispatcher module  174 . In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes application internal state  192 , which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display  112  when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state  157  is used by event sorter  170  to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state  192  is used by event sorter  170  to determine application views  191  to which to deliver event information. 
     In some embodiments, application internal state  192  includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application  136 - 1  resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application  136 - 1 , a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application  136 - 1 , and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user. 
     Event monitor  171  receives event information from peripherals interface  118 . Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display  112 , as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface  118  transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem  106  or a sensor, such as proximity sensor  166 , accelerometer(s)  168 , and/or microphone  113  (through audio circuitry  110 ). Information that peripherals interface  118  receives from I/O subsystem  106  includes information from touch-sensitive display  112  or a touch-sensitive surface. 
     In some embodiments, event monitor  171  sends requests to the peripherals interface  118  at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration). 
     In some embodiments, event sorter  170  also includes a hit view determination module  172  and/or an active event recognizer determination module  173 . 
     Hit view determination module  172  provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display  112  displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display. 
     Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture. 
     Hit view determination module  172  receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module  172  identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module  172 , the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view. 
     Active event recognizer determination module  173  determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views. 
     Event dispatcher module  174  dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer  180 ). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module  173 , event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module  173 . In some embodiments, event dispatcher module  174  stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver  182 . 
     In some embodiments, operating system  126  includes event sorter  170 . Alternatively, application  136 - 1  includes event sorter  170 . In yet other embodiments, event sorter  170  is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory  102 , such as contact/motion module  130 . 
     In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes a plurality of event handlers  190  and one or more application views  191 , each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application&#39;s user interface. Each application view  191  of the application  136 - 1  includes one or more event recognizers  180 . Typically, a respective application view  191  includes a plurality of event recognizers  180 . In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers  180  are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application  136 - 1  inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler  190  includes one or more of: data updater  176 , object updater  177 , GUI updater  178 , and/or event data  179  received from event sorter  170 . Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176 , object updater  177 , or GUI updater  178  to update the application internal state  192 . Alternatively, one or more of the application views  191  include one or more respective event handlers  190 . Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a respective application view  191 . 
     A respective event recognizer  180  receives event information (e.g., event data  179 ) from event sorter  170  and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer  180  includes event receiver  182  and event comparator  184 . In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  also includes at least a subset of: metadata  183 , and event delivery instructions  188  (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions). 
     Event receiver  182  receives event information from event sorter  170 . The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device. 
     Event comparator  184  compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  includes event definitions  186 . Event definitions  186  contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event  1  ( 187 - 1 ), event  2  ( 187 - 2 ), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event ( 187 ) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event  1  ( 187 - 1 ) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event  2  ( 187 - 2 ) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display  112 , and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers  190 . 
     In some embodiments, event definition  187  includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display  112 , when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display  112 , event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler  190 , the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler  190  should be activated. For example, event comparator  184  selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test. 
     In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event ( 187 ) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer&#39;s event type. 
     When a respective event recognizer  180  determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions  186 , the respective event recognizer  180  enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  includes metadata  183  with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  activates event handler  190  associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  delivers event information associated with the event to event handler  190 . Activating an event handler  190  is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler  190  associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process. 
     In some embodiments, event delivery instructions  188  include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process. 
     In some embodiments, data updater  176  creates and updates data used in application  136 - 1 . For example, data updater  176  updates the telephone number used in contacts module  137 , or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, object updater  177  creates and updates objects used in application  136 - 1 . For example, object updater  177  creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater  178  updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater  178  prepares display information and sends it to graphics module  132  for display on a touch-sensitive display. 
     In some embodiments, event handler(s)  190  includes or has access to data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178 . In some embodiments, data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a single module of a respective application  136 - 1  or application view  191 . In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules. 
     It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices  100  with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized. 
       FIG.  2    illustrates a portable or non-portable multifunction device  100  having a touch screen  112  in accordance with some embodiments. As stated above, multifunction device  100  is described as having the various illustrated structures (such as touch screen  112 , speaker  111 , accelerometer  168 , microphone  113 , etc.); however, it is understood that these structures optionally reside on separate devices. For example, display-related structures (e.g., display, speaker, etc.) and/or functions optionally reside on a separate display device, input-related structures (e.g., touch-sensitive surface, microphone, accelerometer, etc.) and/or functions optionally reside on a separate input device, and remaining structures and/or functions optionally reside on multifunction device  100 . 
     The touch screen  112  optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI)  200 . In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers  202  (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses  203  (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward) and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device  100 . In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button  204 . As previously described, menu button  204  is, optionally, used to navigate to any application  136  in a set of applications that are, optionally executed on device  100 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen  112 . 
     In one embodiment, device  100  includes touch screen  112 , menu button  204 , push button  206  for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s)  208 , Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card slot  210 , head set jack  212 , and docking/charging external port  124 . Push button  206  is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device  100  also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone  113 . Device  100  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen  112  and/or one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  100 . 
       FIG.  3    is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device  300  need not include the display and the touch-sensitive surface, as described above, but rather, in some embodiments, optionally communicates with the display and the touch-sensitive surface on other devices. Additionally, device  300  need not be portable. In some embodiments, device  300  is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device (such as a television or a set-top box), a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child&#39;s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device  300  typically includes one or more processing units (CPU&#39;s)  310 , one or more network or other communications interfaces  360 , memory  370 , and one or more communication buses  320  for interconnecting these components. Communication buses  320  optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device  300  includes input/output (I/O) interface  330  comprising display  340 , which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface  330  also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device)  350  and touchpad  355 , tactile output generator  357  for generating tactile outputs on device  300  (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s)  167  described above with reference to  FIG.  1 A ), sensors  359  (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s)  165  described above with reference to  FIG.  1 A ). Memory  370  includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory  370  optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s)  310 . In some embodiments, memory  370  stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory  102  of portable or non-portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG.  1 A ), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory  102  of portable or non-portable multifunction device  100 . For example, memory  370  of device  300  optionally stores drawing module  380 , presentation module  382 , word processing module  384 , website creation module  386 , disk authoring module  388 , and/or spreadsheet module  390 , while memory  102  of portable or non-portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG.  1 A ) optionally does not store these modules. 
     Each of the above identified elements in  FIG.  3    are, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above identified modules or programs (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise re-arranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  370  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
       FIG.  4    illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG.  3   ) with a touch-sensitive surface  451  (e.g., a tablet or touchpad  355 ,  FIG.  3   ) that is separate from the display  450  (e.g., touch screen display  112 ). Device  300  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors  357 ) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface  451  and/or one or more tactile output generators  359  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  300 . 
     Although some of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display  112  (where the touch sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in  FIG.  4   . In some embodiments the touch sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG.  4   ) has a primary axis (e.g.,  452  in  FIG.  4   ) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g.,  453  in  FIG.  4   ) on the display (e.g.,  450 ). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g.,  460  and  462  in  FIG.  4   ) with the touch-sensitive surface  451  at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in  FIG.  4 ,  460    corresponds to  468  and  462  corresponds to  470 ). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts  460  and  462 , and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG.  4   ) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g.,  450  in  FIG.  4   ) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein. 
     Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously. 
     As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad  355  in  FIG.  3    or touch-sensitive surface  451  in  FIG.  4   ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch-screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112  in  FIG.  1 A ) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch-screen display, a detected contact on the touch-screen acts as a “focus selector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch-screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch-screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch-screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user&#39;s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation. 
     In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a “down stroke” of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input). 
     In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90% or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances). 
     For ease of explanation, the description of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold. 
       FIG.  5 A  illustrates a block diagram of an exemplary architecture for the device  500  according to some embodiments of the disclosure. In the embodiment of  FIG.  5 A , media or other content is optionally received by device  500  via network interface  502 , which is optionally a wireless or wired connection. The one or more processors  504  optionally execute any number of programs stored in memory  506  or storage, which optionally includes instructions to perform one or more of the methods and/or processes described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1100 , and  1300 ). 
     In some embodiments, display controller  508  causes the various user interfaces of the disclosure to be displayed on display  514 . Further, input to device  500  is optionally provided by remote  510  via remote interface  512 , which is optionally a wireless or a wired connection. In some embodiments, input to device  500  is provided by a multifunction device  511  (e.g., a smartphone) on which a remote control application is running that configures the multifunction device to simulate remote control functionality, as will be described in more detail below. In some embodiments, multifunction device  511  corresponds to one or more of device  100  in  FIGS.  1 A and  2   , and device  300  in  FIG.  3   . It is understood that the embodiment of  FIG.  5 A  is not meant to limit the features of the device of the disclosure, and that other components to facilitate other features described in the disclosure are optionally included in the architecture of  FIG.  5 A  as well. In some embodiments, device  500  optionally corresponds to one or more of multifunction device  100  in  FIGS.  1 A and  2    and device  300  in  FIG.  3   ; network interface  502  optionally corresponds to one or more of RF circuitry  108 , external port  124 , and peripherals interface  118  in  FIGS.  1 A and  2   , and network communications interface  360  in  FIG.  3   ; processor  504  optionally corresponds to one or more of processor(s)  120  in  FIG.  1 A  and CPU(s)  310  in  FIG.  3   ; display controller  508  optionally corresponds to one or more of display controller  156  in  FIG.  1 A  and I/O interface  330  in  FIG.  3   ; memory  506  optionally corresponds to one or more of memory  102  in  FIG.  1 A  and memory  370  in  FIG.  3   ; remote interface  512  optionally corresponds to one or more of peripherals interface  118 , and I/O subsystem  106  (and/or its components) in  FIG.  1 A , and I/O interface  330  in  FIG.  3   ; remote  512  optionally corresponds to and or includes one or more of speaker  111 , touch-sensitive display system  112 , microphone  113 , optical sensor(s)  164 , contact intensity sensor(s)  165 , tactile output generator(s)  167 , other input control devices  116 , accelerometer(s)  168 , proximity sensor  166 , and I/O subsystem  106  in  FIG.  1 A , and keyboard/mouse  350 , touchpad  355 , tactile output generator(s)  357 , and contact intensity sensor(s)  359  in  FIG.  3   , and touch-sensitive surface  451  in  FIG.  4   ; and, display  514  optionally corresponds to one or more of touch-sensitive display system  112  in  FIGS.  1 A and  2   , and display  340  in  FIG.  3   . 
       FIG.  5 B  illustrates an exemplary structure for remote  510  according to some embodiments of the disclosure. In some embodiments, remote  510  optionally corresponds to one or more of multifunction device  100  in  FIGS.  1 A and  2    and device  300  in  FIG.  3   . Remote  510  optionally includes touch-sensitive surface  451 . In some embodiments, touch-sensitive surface  451  is edge-to-edge (e.g., it extends to the edges of remote  510 , such that little or no surface of remote  510  exists between the touch-sensitive surface  451  and one or more edges of remote  510 , as illustrated in  FIG.  5 B ). Touch-sensitive surface  451  is optionally able to sense contacts as well as contact intensities (e.g., clicks of touch-sensitive surface  451 ), as previously described in this disclosure. Further, touch-sensitive surface  451  optionally includes a mechanical actuator for providing physical button click functionality (e.g., touch-sensitive surface  451  is “clickable” to provide corresponding input to device  500 ). Remote  510  also optionally includes buttons  516 ,  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524  and  526 . Buttons  516 ,  518 ,  520 ,  522 ,  524  and  526  are optionally mechanical buttons or mechanical button alternatives that are able to sense contact with, or depression of, such buttons to initiate corresponding action(s) on, for example, device  500 . In some embodiments, selection of “menu” button  516  by a user navigates device  500  backwards in a currently-executing application or currently-displayed user interface (e.g., back to a user interface that was displayed previous to the currently-displayed user interface), or navigates device  500  to a one-higher-level user interface than the currently-displayed user interface. In some embodiments, selection of “home” button  518  by a user navigates device  500  to a main, home, or root user interface from any user interface that is displayed on device  500  (e.g., to a home screen of device  500  that optionally includes one or more applications accessible on device  500 ). In some embodiments, selection of the “home” button  518  causes the electronic device to navigate to a unified media browsing application. In some embodiments, selection of “play/pause” button  520  by a user toggles between playing and pausing a currently-playing content item on device  500  (e.g., if a content item is playing on device  500  when “play/pause” button  520  is selected, the content item is optionally paused, and if a content item is paused on device  500  when “play/pause” button  520  is selected, the content item is optionally played). In some embodiments, selection of “+”  522  or “−”  524  buttons by a user increases or decreases, respectively, the volume of audio reproduced by device  500  (e.g., the volume of a content item currently-playing on device  500 ). In some embodiments, selection of “audio input” button  526  by a user allows the user to provide audio input (e.g., voice input) to device  500 , optionally, to a voice assistant on the device. In some embodiments, remote  510  includes a microphone via which the user provides audio input to device  500  upon selection of “audio input” button  526 . In some embodiments, remote  510  includes one or more accelerometers for detecting information about the motion of the remote. 
       FIG.  5 C  depicts exemplary personal electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the components described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A,  1 B, and  3   . Device  500  has bus  512  that operatively couples I/O section  514  with one or more computer processors  516  and memory  518 . I/O section  514  can be connected to display  504 , which can have touch-sensitive component  522  and, optionally, intensity sensor  524  (e.g., contact intensity sensor). In addition, I/O section  514  can be connected with communication unit  530  for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques. Device  500  can include input mechanisms  506  and/or  508 . Input mechanism  506  is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a button, in some examples. 
     Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples. Personal electronic device  500  optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor  532 , accelerometer  534 , directional sensor  540  (e.g., compass), gyroscope  536 , motion sensor  538 , and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section  514 . 
     Memory  518  of personal electronic device  500  can include one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors  516 , for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes described with reference to  FIGS.  6 - 11   . A computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device  500  is not limited to the components and configuration of  FIG.  5 C , but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations. 
     As used here, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500  ( FIGS.  1 A,  3 , and  5 A- 5 B ). For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally constitute an affordance. 
     As used herein, “installed application” refers to a software application that has been downloaded onto an electronic device (e.g., devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500 ) and is ready to be launched (e.g., become opened) on the device. In some embodiments, a downloaded application becomes an installed application by way of an installation program that extracts program portions from a downloaded package and integrates the extracted portions with the operating system of the computer system. 
     As used herein, the terms “open application” or “executing application” refer to a software application with retained state information (e.g., as part of device/global internal state  157  and/or application internal state  192 ). An open or executing application is, optionally, any one of the following types of applications:
         an active application, which is currently displayed on a display screen of the device that the application is being used on;   a background application (or background processes), which is not currently displayed, but one or more processes for the application are being processed by one or more processors; and   a suspended or hibernated application, which is not running, but has state information that is stored in memory (volatile and non-volatile, respectively) and that can be used to resume execution of the application.       

     As used herein, the term “closed application” refers to software applications without retained state information (e.g., state information for closed applications is not stored in a memory of the device). Accordingly, closing an application includes stopping and/or removing application processes for the application and removing state information for the application from the memory of the device. Generally, opening a second application while in a first application does not close the first application. When the second application is displayed and the first application ceases to be displayed, the first application becomes a background application. 
     One or more of the embodiments disclosed herein optionally include one or more of the features disclosed in the following patent applications: “User Interfaces For Interacting with Channels that Provide Content that Plays in a Media Browsing Application” (U.S. Patent Application No. 62/822,952, filed Mar. 24, 2019), “User Interfaces For a Media Browsing Application” (U.S. Patent Application No. 62/822,948, filed Mar. 24, 2019), and “User Interface Specific to Respective Content Items” (U.S. Patent Application No. 62/822,966), filed Mar. 24, 2019), each of which is hereby incorporated by reference. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) and associated processes that are implemented on an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device  100 , device  300 , or device  500 . 
     User Interfaces and Associated Processes 
     Selectable Representations of Content Items 
     Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners, including using an electronic device to browse items of content available for playback on the electronic device. In some embodiments, an electronic device is able to present representations of items of content that are available for playback on the electronic device. The embodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic device presents representations of items of content and enables browsing of the representations of items of content. Enhancing interactions with a device reduces the amount of time needed by a user to perform operations, and thus reduces the power usage of the device and increases battery life for battery-powered devices. It is understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a user of the device. 
       FIGS.  6 A- 6 FF  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device  500  presents representations of items of content available for playback on the electronic device  500  in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. The embodiments in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes described with reference to  FIGS.  7 A- 7 G . 
       FIG.  6 A  illustrates a media browsing application user interface. The user interface includes a navigation bar  602  and a plurality of selectable options  604  that, when selected, cause the electronic device  500  to initiate playback of a respective content item represented by the selected selectable option. As shown in  FIG.  6 A , while presenting the media browsing application user interface, the electronic device  500  detects a movement of a contact  603  on an input device  510  in communication with the electronic device  500 . In response to the user input, the electronic device  500  scrolls the user interface down and moves the current focus in accordance with movement of contact  603 , as shown in  FIG.  6 B . 
     As shown in  FIG.  6 B , in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  6 A , the electronic device  500  presents additional representations  606  and  608  of items of content that are selectable to display user interfaces specific to the selected item of content. As shown in  FIG.  6 B , while presenting the media browsing application user interface, the electronic device  500  detects a movement of a contact  603  on an input device  510  in communication with the electronic device  500 . In response to the user input, the electronic device  500  scrolls the user interface down and moves the current focus in accordance with movement of contact  603 , as shown in  FIG.  6 C . 
     In  FIG.  6 C , the electronic device  500  presents the entirety of representations  608   a - c  that are presented in a horizontally scrollable row. In some embodiments, the content items presented in row  608  and in the manner of the representations in row  608  are provided by the same subscription service, channel, or provider and content items provided by other subscription services, channels, or providers are not presented in row  608  or in the manner of row  608 . In some embodiments, row  608  includes representations of content provided by a variety of channels, subscription services, or providers or the user interface includes additional rows presented in the manner of  608  that include content from other subscription services, channels, or providers. 
     While presenting the user interface shown in  FIG.  6 C , the current focus of the electronic device  500  is on representation  608   a . As shown in  FIG.  6 C , once representation  608   a  has the current focus of the electronic device  500 , the representation  608   a  is displayed with a width that is wider than the width of the representation when the current focus is elsewhere in the user interface, such as in  FIG.  6 B  (e.g., the representation expands laterally when it receives the current focus). 
     Returning to  FIG.  6 C , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  603 ) horizontally. In response to the input, the electronic device  500  presents an animation illustrated in  FIGS.  6 D- 6 E  of representation  608   a  moving to reveal representation  608   b . In other words, a cropping frame/border between representation  608   a  and representation  608   b  moves a greater distance than a distance moved by the representations  608   a  and  608   b , rather than moving representations  608   a  and  608   b  a distance around the width of the representations. In some embodiments, the animation produces a visual effect that representation  608   a  is moving to reveal representation  608   b  from underneath representation  608   a . After the animation is complete, representation  608   b  is presented overlaid on representation  608   a  and representation  608   a  is to the right of representation  608   b  and right-aligned with the edge of the visible area of row  608 . Animating the transition in this way reduces the number of pixels that need to move to present the animation and therefore conserves computing resources and reduces an undesired dizzying effect on the user when viewing large, repetitive animations, such as when browsing the content items in row  608 . 
     As shown in  FIG.  6 F , after presenting the animation illustrated in  FIGS.  6 D- 6 E , the electronic device  500  presents the representation  608   b  in the middle of row  608 . Initially, as shown in  FIG.  6 F , the electronic device  500  presents representation  608   b  as a static, single-layer image (e.g., an image that does not include multiple layers or video content). 
     As shown in  FIG.  6 G , once the multi-layer, multi-media representation  608   b  loads in the user interface (e.g., once the representation has fully moved into the primary center position in the horizontal row), the electronic device  500  presents the representation  608   b  with a video background (e.g., one or more video or animation layers in the representation, whether in the background layer or otherwise, begin to play or animate). Additionally, the representation  608   b  includes a plurality of overlaid image layers (e.g., the representation includes one or more static image layers). As shown in  FIG.  6 G- 6 I , the electronic device  500  presents an animation of a title of the content and a badge  626  representing the provider of the content moving in to the representation  608   b  once the representation has fully moved in the primary center position in the horizontal row. In some embodiments, the title and badge  626  appear in the static image representation  608   b  illustrated in  FIG.  6 F  and do not animate in. 
     As shown in  FIG.  6 I , the electronic device  500  detects movement of contact  603  that is below a movement threshold for changing the input focus of the electronic device  500  (e.g., for changing the current focus from one representation in the horizontal row to another representation in the horizontal row). In response to the detected movement, the electronic device  500  shifts the image and/or video/animation layers of representation  608   b , including badge  626  (although, in some embodiments, the badge does not move), in accordance with the movement, as shown in  FIG.  6 J . In some embodiments, the layers in the image move different amounts in response to the user input. For example, layers in the front of the image move less than layers in the back of the image or vice-versa. In some embodiments, the still image layers move in response to the user input. In some embodiments, the video layers move in response to the user input. In some embodiments, the video layers remain stationary but continue to play when user input that moves the stationary layers is received. The layers move in accordance with the direction of the movement of contact  603  (e.g., rightward movement causes the image layers to move to the right, etc). 
       FIGS.  6 J- 6 L  illustrate further movement of the representation  608   b  in response to detecting movement of contact  603  below a movement threshold for changing the input focus of the electronic device. Representations  608   a  and  608   c  do not move in response to the input and instead remain stationary while representation  608   b  moves. Likewise, borders around representation  608   b  remain stationary while the image layers move. As shown in  FIG.  6 L , the electronic device  500  detects movement of contact  603  that is above the movement threshold for changing the input focus of the electronic device  500 . In response to the input, the electronic device  500  scrolls the row  608  of representations  606   a - c  to present representation  608   c  in the middle of row  608  with the current focus of the electronic device, as shown in  FIG.  6 M . 
     Although not illustrated in the figures, it should be understood that in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  6 L , the electronic device  500  presents an animation similar to the animation illustrated in  FIGS.  6 D- 6 E . 
     Returning to  FIG.  6 M , the electronic device  500  detects another swipe input for scrolling row  608  of representations  608   a - c . Although not illustrated in the figures, it should be understood that in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  6 M , the electronic device  500  presents an animation similar to the animation illustrated in  FIGS.  6 D- 6 E . In response to the input, the electronic device  500  presents representation  608   a  in the middle of row  608  with the current focus of the electronic device  500 , as shown in  FIG.  6 N . 
     As shown in  FIG.  6 N , the user selects (e.g., with click of contact  608 ) the representation  608   a . In response to the user&#39;s selection, the electronic device  500  presents an animation illustrated in  FIGS.  60 - 6 R  of representation  608   a  expanding and moving towards the user before fading out, followed by an animation of a user interface  614   a  fading in to the display  514 , resulting in the user interface  614   a  illustrated in  FIG.  6 S . More specifically, the layers of the representation  608   a  expand, with the layers in the foreground (e.g., the top layers) expanding sooner and/or more than layers in the background of the image, followed by representation  608   a  fading out and user interface  614   a  fading in. 
       FIG.  6 S  illustrates a user interface  614   a  including information about the item of content represented by representation  608   a . The user has not previously interacted with the item of content. The user interface  614   a  includes a motion background  616   a  (e.g., an animation or video) representing the series of the item of content, which is a collection of episodic content. The user interface  614   a  further includes an indication  618   a  of the provider of the content, a selectable option  620   a  to play the content, a selectable option  622   a  to add the content to a playback queue, and a description  624   a  of the content. The description  624   a  of the content includes a first column including information such as the first (or, if the user has watched one or more episodes in the series already, the next) episode title, runtime, format, languages, and accessibility information and a second column including information about the cast and crew of the content. 
     As shown in  FIG.  6 T , after a predetermined amount of time (e.g., 3, 5, 10 seconds) has passed since the electronic device  500  began presenting the user interface  614   a , the electronic device presents a video trailer  616   b  of the content. If the user has viewed the content or the video trailer previously, the trailer is not presented. In some embodiments, if the content item is not yet available for playback via the content provider (e.g., the content item is “coming soon”), the electronic device  500  presents the trailer every time the user views the product page, even if the user has viewed the trailer before. 
     In  FIG.  6 U , the trailer has finished playing and the electronic device resumes presenting the motion background  616   a  related to the content series. In some embodiments, rather than presenting a motion background in  FIG.  6 S and/or  6 U , the electronic device  500  instead presents a still image representing the content series. As shown in  FIG.  6 U , the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) the selectable option  620   a  to play the first episode in the series of content, as shown in  FIG.  6 V . 
       FIG.  6 W  illustrates the user interface  614   a  representing the content after the user has previously viewed a plurality of the episodes in the content. The user interface  614   a  includes a motion background (or still image) representing the next episode in the content (e.g., as opposed to presenting a background that represents or corresponds to the content series as a whole, such as in  FIGS.  6 S and  6 U ). Because the user has viewed the content already, the electronic device  500  will not present the trailer as the background of representation  614   a  automatically. In some embodiments, however, the electronic device  500  presents a trailer of the next episode instead of the trailer for the content collection if the user has not viewed the trailer of the next episode before. Although selectable option  620   a  is illustrated as having text that includes the specific number of the next episode (e.g., “S1: E5”), in some embodiments, the selectable option  620   a  includes text along the lines of “Play Next Episode” and optionally includes a play icon in lieu of the written word “Play.” As shown in  FIG.  6 W , the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) the representation  620   a . In response to the user&#39;s selection, the electronic device  500  presents the next episode  628   a  of the content series, as shown in  FIG.  6 X . 
       FIG.  6 Y  illustrates the user interface of the media browsing application that includes a plurality of rows  606 - 610  of representations of content. As shown in  FIG.  6 Y , the user scrolls down (e.g., with contact  603 ). In response to the user&#39;s scrolling, the electronic device  500  moves the current focus, reduces the width of representation  608   a , and scrolls the user interface, as shown in  FIG.  6 Z . 
     As shown in  FIG.  6 Z , the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) a representation of a content item presented in row  612 . In response to the user&#39;s selection, the electronic device  500  presents a user interface  614   b  specific to the item of content, which is a series of episodic content. Because the content is provided by a different provider than the provider of the content represented by representation  608   a , the representation is presented in row  612  instead of row  608 . Additionally, as will be described in more detail with respect to  FIG.  6 AA , because the content is provided by a different provider than the provider of the content represented by representation  608   a , the user interface  614   b  is presented with a still image  616   d  representing the series of content as the background instead of a motion background. 
     Turning now to  FIG.  6 AA , the user interface  614   b  includes similar components to the components of user interface  614   a  illustrated in  FIG.  6 S , except user interface  614   b  is presented with a still image  616   d  as a background instead of a motion background, because the content is provided by a different provider than the provider of the content represented by representation  608   a.    
     As shown in  FIG.  6 BB , after a predetermined amount of time (e.g., 3, 5, 10 seconds) passes from initially displaying user interface  614   b , the electronic device  500  presents a video trailer  616   e  of the content in the background of user interface  614   b . If the user has already viewed the content or the video trailer of the content, the video trailer is not presented in the background of user interface  614   b . As shown in  FIG.  6 CC , after the trailer finished playing, the electronic device  500  presents the image  616   d  representing the content series. As shown in  FIG.  6 CC , the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) the option  620   b  to play the content. In response to the user&#39;s selection, the electronic device  500  presents the first episode  628   c  of the content on the display  514 . 
       FIG.  6 EE  illustrates the presentation of user interface  614   b  after the user has watched a plurality of episodes of the content series. As shown in  FIG.  6 EE , the user interface  614   b  includes a still image  616   f  representing the next item of content in the series as the background of the user interface (as opposed to a background image that represents or corresponds to the content series as a whole). The user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) the option  620   b  to play the next episode in the content series. As shown in  FIG.  6 FF , in response to the user&#39;s selection, the electronic device  500  presents the next episode  628   d  of the content on the display  514 . 
       FIGS.  7 A- 7 G  are flow diagrams illustrating a method of presenting representations of items of content available for playback on the electronic device  500  in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. The method  700  is optionally performed at an electronic device such as device  100 , device  300 , device  500 , device  501 , device  510 , and device  511  as described above with reference to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  2 - 3 ,  4 A- 4 B and  5 A- 5 C . Some operations in method  700  are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  700  provides ways to present representations of items of content available for playback on the electronic device  500 . The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of the user&#39;s interaction with the user interface conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , an electronic device (e.g., electronic device  500 , a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player, or a wearable device) including a touch screen, a computer including one or more of a keyboard, mouse, trackpad, and touch screen and in communication with a display, or a set-top box in communication with a display and a remote control device) in communication with a display  514  and one or more input devices  510  displays ( 702 ), on the display  514 , a content item representation section  608  that includes a primary position (e.g., a position in the center of a row of content representations), a first secondary position (e.g., a position to the left of the primary position), and a second secondary position (e.g., a position to the right of the primary position), wherein a first representation  608   a  associated with a first content item (e.g., text and/or an image indicative of the first content item) is located in the primary positon, a second representation  608   b  associated with a second content item (e.g., text and/or an image associated with the second content item) is located in the first secondary position, the first representation  608   a  is partially overlaid on the second representation  608   b , and the first and second representations  608   a  and  608   b  are selectable to initiate respective actions corresponding to the respective content items. In some embodiments, the first representation is presented in its entirety and a portion of the second representation is visible to the side of the first representation to create a visual effect that the first representation is on top of the second representation. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of a respective representation associated with a respective content item, the electronic device presents a user interface specific to the respective content item. In some embodiments, the user interface specific to the respective content item includes information about the respective content item, such as a summary, information about how to access the respective content item, a selectable option to play the respective content item, and the like. The first content item is optionally one of a movie or TV series. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , while displaying the content item representation section  608 , the electronic device  500  receives ( 704 ), via the one or more input devices  510 , an input corresponding to a request to move the first representation  608   a  to the second secondary position in the content item representation section (e.g., a directional input (e.g., a swipe or tap on a touch-sensitive surface, selection of an arrow key, a voice input, etc.) requesting to move the first representation to the right). In some embodiments, this input is a horizontal swipe detected on a touch-sensitive surface of the remote control device. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 F , in response to receiving the input ( 706 ), the electronic device  500  moves ( 708 ) the first representation  608   a  from the primary position to the second secondary position a first distance in a first direction. In some embodiments, the electronic device presents an animation of the first representation moving to the right of the primary position. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 F , the electronic device  500  moves ( 710 ) the second representation  608   b  from the first secondary position to the primary position the first distance in the first direction. In some embodiments, the electronic device presents an animation of the second representation from the left of the primary position to the primary position. In some embodiments, the first representation and the second representation move the same distance that is less than the width of the primary position. 
     In some embodiments,  FIGS.  6 D- 6 E , moving the first representation  608   a  from the primary position to the second secondary position, and the second representation  608   b  from the first secondary position to the primary position comprises moving a cropping boundary between first representation  608   a  and the second representation  608   b  by a second distance, greater than the first distance, in the first direction, revealing the second representation  608   b  from underneath the first representation  608   a  ( 712 ) (e.g., as more of the second representation is revealed, move of the first representation is obscured). In some embodiments, the cropping boundary moves at the same time as the first and second representations and in the same direction that the first and second representations move. For example, while the first and second representations move a distance to the right that is equal to the distance between the right edge of the primary position and the right edge of the second secondary position, the cropping boundary moves a distance to the right that is equal to the width of the primary position. In some embodiments, the cropping boundary demarcates the location/area/boundary on the display where the display of the first representation changes to the display of the second representation. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 F , after moving the first representation  608   a  from the primary position to the second secondary position, and the second representation  608   b  from the first secondary position to the primary position, the second representation  608   b  is partially overlaid on the first representation  608   a  ( 714 ). In some embodiments, the second representation is presented in the primary position next to a portion of the first representation to give the appearance that the second representation is overlaid on the second representation. The electronic device optionally presents another representation of another content item in the first secondary position such that the second representation also appears to be partially overlaid on the other representation. In some embodiments, a representation that had been presented in the second secondary position before the input is received is presented in the first secondary position in response to the input. 
     The above-described manner of transitioning from displaying the first representation in the primary position to displaying the second representation in the primary position by moving a cropping boundary a distance greater than the distance the first and second representations move allows the electronic device to animate the transition between the first representation and the second representation to confirm to the user that the request to move the first representation to the second secondary position was received in a manner that reduces the number of display pixels that need to move to animate the transition (e.g., moving the cropping boundary further than the distance that the representations move involves moving fewer pixels of the representations than moving both the first and second representations the distance that the cropping frame boundary), which reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by simplifying the animation presented on the display. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 F , the content item representation section  608  is included as a row in a user interface of a unified media browsing application, the user interface including other rows  606  and  610  of other representations of content items that are selectable to initiate processes to display the respective content items on the display ( 716 ). In some embodiments, the representations of content items are selectable to play the respective content items or present a product page user interface specific to the respective content item that includes information about the respective content item and a selectable option to play the respective content item. In some embodiments, each row of representations of content items is horizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations of content items and the user interface is vertically scrollable to reveal additional rows of representations. 
     The above-described manner of presenting the content item representation section as a row in a user interface of the unified media browsing application allows the electronic device to present the content item representation section among representations of other content items, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to navigate between a user interface that includes the content item representation and the other rows of other representations of content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 F , the primary position (e.g., the location of representation  608   b  in  FIG.  6 F ) is a center position in the content item representation section, the first secondary position (e.g., the location of representation  608   c  in  FIG.  6 F ) is a left position in the content item representation section, and the second secondary position (e.g., the location of representation  608   a  in  FIG.  6 F ) is a right position in the content item representation section ( 718 ). The content item representation in the primary position is optionally presented in full and the content item representations in the first secondary position and the second secondary position are optionally presented in part on either side of the content item representation in the primary position. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 F , a left side of a respective representation  608   c  that is in the first secondary position is aligned with a left side of the first secondary position ( 720 ). In some embodiments, the left side of the respective representation that is in the first secondary position is visible to the left of the respective representation that is in the primary position. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 F , a right side of a respective representation  608   a  that is in the second secondary position is aligned with a right side of the second secondary position ( 722 ). In some embodiments, the left side of the respective representation that is in the first secondary position is visible to the left of the respective representation that is in the primary position. For example, left-aligning the representation on the left and right-aligning the representation on the right enable the electronic device to scroll the content item representation section by moving the cropping frame between the representation that is moving out of the primary position and the representation that is moving into the primary position. 
     The above-described manner of left-aligning the representation on the left and right-aligning the representation on the right allows the electronic device to scroll the representations by moving a cropping frame between respective representations of content items, which makes the electronic device more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of pixels that move during the animation of the transition), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 G , the second representation  608   b  comprises two or more layers of images, and while the second representation  608   b  is in the primary position, the two or more layers of images move with respect to each other (e.g., move differently than one another) within the second representation  608   b  in response to touch input detected on a touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices  510 , as shown in  FIGS.  6 I- 6 J  ( 724 ). In some embodiments, the image layers move to create a parallax effect. For example, one or more image layers towards the front of the image stackup move a greater distance in response to the movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface than the distance that one or more image layers towards the back of the stackup move in response to the input. The electronic device optionally compares the detected movement of the contact to one or more sets of movement criteria to determine whether the input satisfies a navigational input that moves the current focus within the content item representation section or to another section of the user interface or if the movement satisfies image-movement criteria that moves the two or more layers of images with respect to each other without moving the current focus of the electronic device. 
     The above-described manner of moving the two or more layers of images with respect to one another in response to touch input allows the electronic device to indicate to the user that the touch input is being detected while presenting the representations of content items, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by confirming that the input device is responsive without requiring the user to enter a navigational input), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 G , the two or more layers includes a first video layer that includes playing video content (e.g., an animated layer that included animated content) and a first static layer that includes static image content, wherein the video content in the first video layer starts playing in response to the second representation  608   b  being moved to the primary position ( 726 ). In some embodiments, until the second representation is moved to the primary position, the representation is presented as a single-layer image that optionally includes a paused frame of the video content. After moving the second representation into the primary position, the electronic device optionally presents the second representation as a multi-layer image that includes the video content in one of the layers of the image. 
     The above-described manner of not playing the video layer until the second representation is moved to the primary position allows the electronic device to conserve computing resources until the second representation is moved to the primary position, which reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 G , the second representation  608   b  comprises two or more layers of images ( 728 ). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , while the second representation  608   b , is not in the primary position, the two or more layers of the second representation are fixed to each other and do not move with respect to one another in response to touch input detected on a touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices ( 730 ). In some embodiments, the second representation is presented as a single-layer image until it moves to the primary position. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 J , while the second representation  608   b  is in the primary position, the two or more layers of images move with respect to each other (e.g., move differently than one another) within the second representation  608   b  in response to touch input  603  detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices  510  ( 732 ). In some embodiments, the image layers move to create a parallax effect. For example, one or more image layers towards the front of the image stackup move a greater distance in response to the movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface than the distance that one or more image layers towards the back of the stackup move in response to the input. The electronic device optionally compares the detected movement of the contact to one or more sets of movement criteria to determine whether the input satisfies a navigational input that moves the current focus within the content item representation section or to another section of the user interface or if the movement satisfies image-movement criteria that moves the two or more layers of images with respect to each other without moving the current focus of the electronic device. 
     The above-described manner of presenting the second representation as a fixed image until the second representation is in the primary position allows the electronic device to conserve computing resources while the second representation is in a secondary position which reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIGS.  6 J- 6 K , while the second representation  608   b  is in the primary position ( 734 ), the electronic device  500  receives ( 736 ), via the one or more input devices, a respective touch input  603  detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices  510  (e.g., presence or movement of a touch on the touch-sensitive surface). In some embodiments, such as in  FIGS.  6 J- 6 K , in response to receiving the respective touch input  603  ( 738 ), in accordance with a determination that the respective touch input  603  has a movement magnitude larger than a threshold, the electronic device  500  moves ( 740 ) the two or more layers of images in the second representation  608   b  with respect to each other (e.g., move differently than one another) within the second representation  608   b  in accordance with the respective touch input  603 . The electronic device optionally compares the detected movement of the contact to one or more sets of movement criteria to determine whether the input satisfies a navigational input that moves the current focus within the content item representation section or to another section of the user interface or if the movement satisfies image-movement criteria that moves the two or more layers of images with respect to each other without moving the current focus of the electronic device. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the respective touch input has the movement magnitude smaller than the threshold, the electronic device forgoes ( 742 ) moving the two or more layers of images in the second representation with respect to each other, such as presenting the user interface illustrated in  FIG.  6 I  in response to a touch input that does not include movement of the contact  603  or includes movement of a contact  603  that is a smaller movement than a threshold amount of movement. For example, when the touch input is stationary or substantially stationary, the two or more layers of images do not move in accordance with the touch input. 
     The above-described manner of moving the two or more layers of images in response to movement larger than a threshold and forgoing moving the two or more layers of images in response to movement smaller than the threshold allows the electronic device to move the images in response to intentional user input which indicates to the user that touch input is being detected, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by confirming to the user that the electronic device is responsive to touch input without requiring the user to enter a navigational input), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIGS.  6 J- 6 K , moving the two or more layers of images in the second representation  608   b  with respect to each other (e.g., move differently than one another) within the second representation  608   b  comprises moving the two or more layers of images in the second representation  608   b  with respect to each other (e.g., move differently than one another) within the second representation  608   b  while a border of the second representation  608   b  remains fixed ( 744 ). In some embodiments, the second representation occupies the same footprint in the user interface even when the two or more image layers move. For example, the border region acts as a cropping window around the two or more image layers. 
     The above-described manner of presenting the second representation with a fixed border region allows the electronic device to conserve display area for other content and information, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by presenting the user with more information that is visible without scrolling the user interface), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIGS.  6 G- 6 I  the second representation  608   b  includes a title of the second content item, and the title of the second content item animates from outside the second representation  608   b  to inside the second representation  608   b  in response to the second representation  608   b  being moved to the primary position ( 746 ). For example, while the second representation is in the primary position, the electronic device presents an animation of the title of the content moving from outside of the representation to inside the representation. In some embodiments, the title is only visible within the boundary of the second representation as the title animates to the second representation. 
     The above-described manner of animating movement of the title into the second representation when the second representation is presented in the primary position allows the electronic device to forgo presenting the title in the second representation while the second representation is in one of the secondary positions in the content representation area of the display, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by not presenting the title until there is enough space within the second representation to present the title in full, which enables the title to be clearly read by the user), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , while the first representation  608   a  associated with the first content item is in the primary position and the second representation  608   b  associated with the second content item is in the first secondary position, the first representation  608   a  is displayed with a first brightness characteristic, and the second representation  608   b  is displayed with a second brightness characteristic, different than the first characteristic ( 748 ). In some embodiments, the first representation is presented in full color. In some embodiments, the second representation is presented with a greyed out or darkened appearance. The third representation is optionally also presented with the second brightness characteristic while the third representation is presented in the second secondary position. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 F , while the second representation  608   b  associated with the second content item is in the primary position and the first representation  608   a  associated with the first content item is in the second secondary position, the first representation  608   a  is displayed with the second brightness characteristic, and the second representation  608   b  is displayed with the first brightness characteristic ( 750 ). In some embodiments, whichever representation is in the primary position is presented with the first brightness characteristic (e.g., full color) and the representations in the first and second secondary positions are presented with the second brightness characteristic (e.g., darkened, greyed out, etc). 
     The above-described manner of presenting the representation in the primary position with the first brightness characteristic and the representations in the secondary positions with the second brightness characteristic allows the electronic device to improve the readability and visibility of the representation that has the current focus, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the amount of time it takes the user to comprehend the representation in the primary position), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 N , the second representation  608   a  comprises two or more layers of images ( 752 ). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 N , while the second representation  608   a  is in the primary position, the electronic device  500  receives ( 754 ), via the one or more input devices  510 , an input corresponding to a selection input detected at the one or more input devices (e.g., an input selecting the second representation). In some embodiments, such as in  FIGS.  60 - 6 S , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the selection input detected at the one or more input devices  510 , the electronic device  500  displays ( 756 ) an animation of the two or more layers moving towards a foreground of the display resulting in display, on the display, of a user interface  614   a  specific to the second content item. In some embodiments, the image layers of the second representation get larger to appear to be moving towards the user. In some embodiments, as the layers of the second representation increase in size, the electronic device fades or greys out the appearance of the second representation and the user interface specific to the second content item fades in. The user interface specific to the second content item is optionally a product page use interface that includes information about the item of content and a selectable option to play the content. 
     The above-described manner of displaying an animation of the two or more layers moving towards the foreground of the display resulting in the display of the user interface specific to the second content item allows the electronic device to visually confirm that the input selecting the second representation, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by providing confirmation to the user without requiring further input from the user), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 T , in response to displaying the user interface  614   a  specific to the second content item ( 758 ), in accordance with a determination that a user of the electronic device  500  has not interacted with the second content item ( 760 ) (e.g., played the second content item, viewed a video trailer of the second content item, etc.), the electronic device  500  displays ( 762 ), on the user interface  614   a , a video trailer  616   b  associated with the second content item. In some embodiments, when the user interface is first displayed, the user interface is presented with a still or motion background (e.g., ambient video) that represents the item of content and, after a predetermined duration of time (e.g., 3, 5, or 10 seconds), the electronic device ceases displaying the motion background and presents the video trailer. After the video trailer is complete, the electronic device optionally presents the still image or motion background (e.g., ambient video) in the user interface. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 W , in accordance with a determination that a user of the electronic device  500  has interacted with the second content item ( 764 ) (e.g., watched the content or the video trailer of the content), the electronic device  500  displays ( 766 ), on the user interface  614   a , ambient video content  616   c  (e.g., ambient animated content, a motion background, etc.), as a background of the user interface  614   a , associated with the second content item without displaying the video trailer in the user interface (e.g., information and/or the selectable option to play the content is overlaid on the ambient video content). 
     The above-described manner of presenting the trailer if the user has not interacted with the content and forgoing presenting the trailer if the user has interacted with the content allows the electronic device to conserve resources when the user has already interacted with the content, which reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 S , in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has watched a first set of episodes of the second content item, the ambient video is a first ambient video  616   a  ( 768 ). In some embodiments, the second content item is a series of episodic content, such as a television show. In some embodiments, the ambient video is an ambient video associated with the next episode after the first set of episodes of the second content item. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 W , in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has watched a second set of episodes of the second content item, different than the first set, the ambient video is a second ambient video  616   c , different than the first ambient video  616   a  ( 770 ). In some embodiments, the ambient video is an ambient video associated with the next episode after the second set of episodes. 
     The above-described manner of presenting ambient video based on which set of episodes of the second content time the user has watched allows the electronic device to indicate to the user that the next episode will play in response to selection of a selectable option for playing the content, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to verify that the content will play from the next episode in the series), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , the content item representation section  608  includes the first representation  608   a , the second representation  608   b  and a third representation  608   c  of a third content item ( 772 ). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , while a respective representation  608   a  of the first, second and third representations is in the primary position in the content item representation section  608 , the respective representation  608   a  includes at least one animated portion ( 774 ). In some embodiments, the image stackup of the respective representation includes one or more video layers that continuously plays while the respective representation is presented in the primary position. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , while respective representations  608   b  and  608   c  of the first, second and third representations are in the first and second secondary positions in the content item representation section, the respective representations  608   b  and  608   c  do not include respective at least one animated portions ( 776 ). In some embodiments, the video layers of the representations in the second and third secondary positions are not presented or are paused while the representations are in the second and third secondary positions. 
     The above-described manner of forgoing presenting the animated portions of the representations in the second and third secondary positions allows the electronic device to conserve computing resources, which reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C  the content item representation section  608  does not include a representation of an episode of a collection of episodic content ( 778 ). In some embodiments, the content item representations that represent episodic content are representative of the series of episodic content, rather than individual episodes. In some embodiments, the content item representation section further includes representations of movies. 
     The above-described manner of excluding representations of individual episodes from the content item representation section allows the electronic device to reduce the number of user inputs needed to browse representations of different content series, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view representations of different series), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , while the first representation  608   a  of the first content item is located in the primary position, the first representation  608   a  includes a visual indication  626  of a provider of the first content item ( 780 ) (e.g., text or an image (e.g., an icon or logo) indicating the provider of the first content item). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 I , while the second representation  608   b  of the second content item is located in the primary position, the second representation  608   b  includes a visual indication of a provider of the second content item ( 782 ) (e.g., text or an image (e.g., an icon or logo) indicating the provider of the first content item). The electronic device optionally presents the visual indication of the provider as animating in to the primary position when the respective representation is presented in the primary position. In some embodiments, the indication of the provider does not move in response to a user input that causes other layers in the image stackup to move. In some embodiments, the indication of the provider moves in response to the user input that causes the other image layers in the image stackup to move. The indication of the provider is optionally overlaid on the other image layers in the image stackup. As used herein, the provider of the content is optionally a channel, streaming service, subscription service, or other entity that authorizes the electronic device to access the content. In some embodiments, the indication of the provider is presented when the respective representation is in the primary position, but not when the respective representation is in one of the secondary positions. 
     The above-described manner of presenting the indication of the provider of the content allows the electronic device to indicate to the user the way in which the electronic device has access to the content, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the content item representation section and information about the provider of a respective item of content presented in the content item representation section), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS.  7 A- 7 G  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  900 ,  1100 , and  1300 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  700  described above with respect to  FIGS.  7 A- 7 G . For example, the ways of presenting representations of items of content described above with reference to method  700  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the ways of presenting representations of auxiliary content, presenting representations of content based on the content consumption history of the user account, presenting representations of bonus content items, etc., described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  900 ,  1100 , and  1300 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., a as described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  3 ,  5 A- 5 C  or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to  FIGS.  7 A- 7 G  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . For example, displaying operations  702 ,  704 ,  716 ,  748 ,  750 ,  756 , 758 ,  762 , and  766  receiving operations  704 ,  706 ,  736 ,  738 ,  754 , and  756  and initiating operations  702 , and  716  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . 
     Presenting Representations of Auxiliary Content 
     Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners, including using an electronic device to view auxiliary content related to an item of content of interest to the user. In some embodiments, an electronic device is able to display representations of the auxiliary content to facilitate browsing of the available auxiliary content. The embodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic device presents representations of auxiliary content related to an item of content in the product page user interface of the item of content and in auxiliary content user interfaces. Enhancing interactions with a device reduces the amount of time needed by a user to perform operations, and thus reduces the power usage of the device and increases battery life for battery-powered devices. It is understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a user of the device. 
       FIGS.  8 A- 8 W  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device  500  presents representations of auxiliary content related to an item of content in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. The embodiments in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes described with reference to  FIGS.  9 A- 9 H . 
       FIG.  8 A  illustrates a product page user interface  802  of a content application. The product page user interface  802  includes information about a series of episodic content available for playback with the content application, as described above with reference to  FIGS.  6 S- 6 X and  6 AA- 6 FF . The product page user interface  802  includes a motion image  804  corresponding to the next episode in the series of episodes based on the user&#39;s watching progress, an indication  806  of the provider that provides access to the content series in the content application, a selectable option  808  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to play the next episode, a selectable option  810  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to add the series to an up next queue of the content application, and information  812  about the series. As shown in  FIG.  8 A , the user scrolls (e.g., with contact  803 ) down in the user interface. 
     In response to the user&#39;s scrolling in  FIG.  8 A , the electronic device  500  scrolls the product page user interface. As shown in  FIG.  8 B , the electronic device  500  presents a row  814  of representations of episodes in the content series and a row  818  of descriptions of the episodes. Additionally, the electronic device  500  presents an indication  816  of which episode is the current episode based on the user&#39;s watching progress. The user scrolls (e.g., with contact  803 ) down in the user interface. 
     In  FIG.  8 C , the electronic device  500  presents the next part of the product page user interface that includes a representation  820  of auxiliary content related to the series of content. The representation  820  includes an animated background image  824  related to the auxiliary content and a selectable option  822  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to present the auxiliary content related to the content series. The electronic device  500  also displays a row  826  of representations of bonus material related to the content series. The user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) the option  822  to display the auxiliary content user interface. 
       FIG.  8 D  illustrates the auxiliary content user interface  828   a  that is displayed by the electronic device  500  in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG.  8 C . The auxiliary content user interface  828   a  includes a selectable option  830   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to display auxiliary video content associated with the content series, a description  832   a  of the auxiliary video content, and an image  836   a  corresponding to the auxiliary content. The selectable option  830   a , description  832   a , and image  836   a  are overlaid on a background image related to the auxiliary video content. The background image  834   a  is an image that relates to the auxiliary content that plays in response to selection of option  830   a . Similarly, the overlay image  836   a  is an icon or illustration that is different from the background image  834   a  that also relates to the auxiliary content that plays in response to detecting selection of option  830   a . The auxiliary content user interface  828   a  further includes a pagination indicator  838   a  that indicates the relative position of the auxiliary content user interface relative to other auxiliary content user interfaces the electronic device is able to present in response to detecting a horizontal swipe. 
     As shown in  FIG.  8 D , the electronic device  500  detects slight motion of contact  803  on the touch sensitive surface  451  of remote control device  510 . For example the user rolls or shifts their finger slightly while touching the touch-sensitive surface  451 . In response to detecting the movement of contact  803  illustrated in  FIG.  8 D , the electronic device  500  displays the selectable option  830   a  with a visual indication  840  of the motion of the contact  803  shown in  FIG.  8 E . For example, device  500  slightly tilts or otherwise changes the shading of representation  830   a  in accordance with the touch input. 
     In  FIG.  8 E , the electronic device  500  detects a swipe (e.g., movement of contact  803 ) on the touch-sensitive surface  451 . In response to detecting the swipe illustrated in  FIG.  8 E , the electronic device  500  ceases displaying the auxiliary content user interface  828   a  illustrated in  FIG.  8 E  and displays the next auxiliary content user interface  828   b  illustrated in  FIG.  8 F . 
     The auxiliary content user interface  828   b  illustrated in  FIG.  8 F  includes elements  830   b ,  832   b ,  834   b ,  836   b  and  838   b  that are similar to the elements  830   a ,  832   a ,  834   a ,  836   a , and  838   a  of the auxiliary content user interface  828   a  illustrated in  FIG.  8 E . The elements  830   b ,  832   b ,  834   b ,  836   b , and  838   b  correspond to the same item of auxiliary content, which is different from the item of auxiliary content to which elements  830   a ,  832   a ,  834   a ,  836   a , and  838   a  correspond. As shown in  FIG.  8 F , after scrolling to the auxiliary content page, the pagination indicator  838   b  updates to indicate the updated position within the other pages of auxiliary user interfaces. 
     The electronic device  500  is able to display different styles of pagination indicators in auxiliary content user interfaces depending on the number of auxiliary content user interfaces that the user is able to present in response to a horizontal swipe input. 
     As shown in  FIG.  8 F , when the number  842  of pages of auxiliary content user interfaces is less than a first threshold  844  (e.g., 6, 8, 10 etc. pages), the electronic device  500  presents the pagination indicator  838   b  illustrated in  FIG.  8 F . The pagination indicator  838   b  includes a discrete indication of the current location in the plurality of auxiliary content user interfaces. 
       FIG.  8 G  illustrates another style of pagination indicator  838   c  that the electronic device  500  displays in an auxiliary content user interface  828   c . The auxiliary content user interface  828   c  includes elements  830   c ,  832   c ,  834   c ,  836   c  and  838   c  that are similar to the elements  830   a ,  832   a ,  834   a ,  836   a , and  838   a  of the auxiliary content user interface  828   a  illustrated in  FIG.  8 E . As shown in  FIG.  8 G , when the number of pages  842  is greater than the first threshold  844  (e.g., 6, 8, 10 etc. pages) but less than a second threshold  846  (e.g., 20, 30, etc. pages), the electronic device presents pagination indicator  838   c  shown in auxiliary content user interface  828   c . The pagination indicator  838   c  includes a continuous indication  838   c  of the relative position of the auxiliary content user interface  828   c  relative to the other pages of auxiliary content user interfaces. 
       FIG.  8 H  illustrates another style of pagination indicator  838   d  that the electronic device  500  displays in an auxiliary content user interface  828   d . The auxiliary content user interface  828   d  includes elements  830   d ,  832   d ,  834   d ,  836   d  and  838   d  that are similar to the elements  830   a ,  832   a ,  834   a ,  836   a , and  838   a  of the auxiliary content user interface  828   a  illustrated in  FIG.  8 E . As shown in  FIG.  8 H , when the number of pages  842  is greater than the second threshold  846  (e.g., 20, 30, etc. pages), the electronic device presents pagination indicator  838   d  shown in auxiliary content user interface  828   d . The pagination indicator  838   d  includes a continuous indication  838   d  of the relative position of the auxiliary content user interface  828   d  relative to the other pages of auxiliary content user interfaces. The pagination indicator  838   d  is a smaller size (e.g., smaller horizontal and/or vertical size) than pagination indicator  838   c  illustrated in  FIG.  8 G . As shown in  FIG.  8 H , the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) a button to navigate backward in the user interface back to the product page user interface (e.g., “menu” button on remote  510 ). 
       FIG.  8 I  illustrates presentation of the product page user interface in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG.  8 H . The product page user interface illustrated in  FIG.  8 I  is the same as the product page user interface illustrated in  FIG.  8 C . The current focus is on option  822 , which is the option the user selected to view the user interface described above with reference to  FIGS.  8 D- 8 H . As shown in  FIG.  8 I , the user scrolls down (e.g., with motion of contact  803 ) to scroll the product page user interface. 
     In response to scrolling including the scrolling illustrated in  FIG.  8 I , the electronic device scrolls the product page user interface to the location illustrated in  FIG.  8 J . As shown in  FIG.  8 J , the electronic device  500  presents the row  826  of representations of bonus material related to the content series and a representation  848   a  of an item of auxiliary content. The representation  848   a  of the item of auxiliary content is displayed in a row that includes part of another representation  848   b  of an item of auxiliary content. The representation  848   a  of the item of auxiliary content includes a motion background  850   a  related to the item of auxiliary content that the electronic device  500  presents in response to detecting selection of the representation  848   a  (e.g., the background animates when representation  848   a  receives the current focus, and stops animating when it loses the current focus). 
     As shown in  FIG.  8 J , while the current focus is on the representation  848   a  of an item of auxiliary content, the electronic device  500  detects a horizontal swipe (e.g., with contact  803 ) on the touch-sensitive surface  451  of the remote control device  510 . 
     In response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  8 J , the electronic device  500  scrolls the row of representations of auxiliary content to display entire representation  848   b , part of representation  848   a , and part of representation  848   c , as shown in  FIG.  8 K . The representation  848   b  of the auxiliary content includes a motion background  850   b  related to the auxiliary content presented by the electronic device  500  in response to detecting selection of the representation  848   b  (e.g., the background animates when representation  848   b  receives the current focus, and stops animating when it loses the current focus). As shown in  FIG.  8 K , the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) the representation  848   b.    
     In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG.  8 K , the electronic device displays auxiliary video content corresponding to the selected representation  848   b , as shown in  FIG.  8 L . As shown in  FIG.  8 L , while the electronic device  500  displays the video content, the electronic device  500  detects contact  803  on the touch-sensitive surface  451  of the remote control device  510  (e.g., a tap input, a resting of finger without a click, a click input). 
     As shown in  FIG.  8 M , in response to detecting the contact illustrated in  FIG.  8 L , the electronic device  500   a  displays a playback progress bar  854 , an image  856  related to the auxiliary video content  852 , and metadata  858  related to the auxiliary video content overlaid on the auxiliary video content  852 . The metadata  858  includes information such as the title of the auxiliary video content, the title of the series of content to which the auxiliary content is related, the runtime of the auxiliary content, and the like. The image  856  is an illustration, icon, or other image related to the auxiliary content and/or the content series to which the auxiliary content is related. A click input detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  optionally initiates a scrubbing process in which right/left swipe inputs detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  cause scrubbing (e.g., fast forwarding, rewinding) through the auxiliary content (video content F). 
     When the auxiliary content  852  finishes playing, the electronic device  500  presents the product page user interface again. As shown in  FIG.  8 M , while the playback progress  858  of the auxiliary video content  852  is partway through the auxiliary video content  852 , the electronic device  500  continues to play the auxiliary video content  852 . 
     In  FIG.  8 N , the playback position  858  of the auxiliary video content  852  reaches the end of the auxiliary video content  852 . In response to reaching the end of the auxiliary video content in  FIG.  8 N , the electronic device  500  presents the product page user interface scrolled to the same location and with the current focus on representation  848   b  in  FIG.  8 K  again, as shown in  FIG.  8 O . 
     In  FIG.  8 O , the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) the representation  848   b  of the auxiliary video content. In  FIG.  8 P , in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG.  8 O , the electronic device  500  presents the auxiliary video content  852 . While playing the auxiliary video content  852 , the electronic device  500  detects selection (e.g., with contact  803 ) of the option to navigate backward in the user interface (e.g., “menu” button on remote  510 ). In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG.  8 P , the electronic device  500  presents the part of the product page that includes the representation  848   b  of the auxiliary content scrolled to the same location and with the current focus on representation  848   b  in  FIG.  8 K  again, as shown in  FIG.  8 Q . 
     In  FIG.  8 Q , the electronic device  500  detects a user input to scroll the product page user interface (e.g., movement of contact  803 ). In response to one or more scrolling inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  8 Q , the electronic device  500  displays the section of the product page user interface illustrated in  FIG.  8 R . 
     As shown in  FIG.  8 R , the product page user interface includes a row  861  of representations of content items related to the content series of the product page and a representation  860  of auxiliary content. The representation  860  of auxiliary content includes a plurality of selectable options  862   a - d  that, when selected, cause the electronic device  500  to present a respective auxiliary content user interface. The selectable options  862   a - d  are overlaid on a background image  864  related to the auxiliary content represented by options  862   a - d  (e.g., a motion background image that optionally animates when one of the options  862   a - d  has the current focus and stops animating when the current focus is not on one of the options  862   a - d ). While a first selectable option  862   a  has the current focus of the electronic device  500 , the representation  860  of the auxiliary content includes an overlay image  866   a  (e.g., icon, illustration, etc.) related to the first option  862   a  and text  868   a  related to the first selectable option  862   a.    
     As shown in  FIG.  8 R , the electronic device  500  detects a swipe input (e.g., movement of contact  803  on touch-sensitive surface  451  of remote control device  510 ) corresponding to an input to move the current focus to the right. In response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  8 R , the electronic device  500  moves the current focus from the first option  862   a  to the second option  862   b  as shown in  FIG.  8 S . When the current focus moves from the first option  862   a  to the second option  862   b , the electronic device  500  updates the representation  860  of the auxiliary content to include a second image  866   b  overlaid on the background image  864  and second text  868   b  that corresponds to the second option  862   b . When the current focus moves from option  862   a  to option  862   b , the background image  864  does not change. As shown in  FIG.  8 S , the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) the second option  862   b.    
     In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG.  8 S , the electronic device displays the auxiliary content user interface  870  illustrated in  FIG.  8 T . The auxiliary content user interface  870  includes a plurality of selectable options  874   a - e  that, when selected, cause the electronic device  500  to display a respective item of auxiliary content or a respective other auxiliary content user interface. The selectable options  874   a - e  are overlaid on a motion image  872   a  (e.g., an animated image, video content, etc.) that corresponds to the option  874   a  that has the current focus of the electronic device  500 . As shown in  FIG.  8 T , the electronic device  500  detects a swipe input (e.g., motion of contact  803  on the touch-sensitive surface  451  of remote control device  510 ) that corresponds to an input to move the current focus to the right. 
       FIG.  8 U  illustrates the auxiliary content user interface  870  in response to the swipe input illustrated in  FIG.  8 T . As shown in  FIG.  8 U , the electronic device  500  moves the current focus from the first option  874   a  to the second option  874   b  in accordance with the swipe input. In response to moving the focus from the first option  874   a  to the second option  874   b , the electronic device  500  updates the auxiliary content user interface  870  to include a background image  872   b  that corresponds to the second option  874   b.    
       FIG.  8 V  illustrates another auxiliary content user interface  876 . The auxiliary content user interface includes a large selectable option  882  and a plurality of small selectable options  880   a - e . Each selectable option  882  and  880   a - e  is selectable to display another auxiliary content user interface or an item of auxiliary content. While the large selectable option  882  has the current focus of the electronic device  500 , the large selectable option  882  includes a motion background  878   a . The small selectable options  880   a - e  each include a respective image representing the auxiliary content or auxiliary content user interface that is presented in response to detecting selection of one or more respective small selectable options  880   a - e.    
     As shown in  FIG.  8 V , the electronic device  500  detects a swipe input (e.g., movement of contact  803  on touch-sensitive surface  451  of the remote control device  510 ) that corresponds to a user input to move the current focus down in the user interface. In response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  8 V , the electronic device  500  updates the auxiliary content user interface  876 , as shown in  FIG.  8 W  to move the focus from the large option  882  to a small option  880   a . When the current focus moves from the large option  882  to the small option  880   a , the electronic device  500  ceases to animate the image  878   b  included in the large option, such as by displaying a paused frame of the motion background. The small options  880   a - e , including option  880   a , do not animate when they have the current focus. 
     Although specific representations  822 ,  848 , and  860  of auxiliary content are shown as being selectable to display specific auxiliary content user interfaces, such as the auxiliary content user interfaces described above with reference to  FIGS.  8 D- 8 H,  8 L- 8 N,  8 P, and  8 T- 8 W , it should be understood that representations of auxiliary content are optionally selectable to display any type of auxiliary content user interface without departing from the scope of the disclosure. In other words, the representations of auxiliary content are interchangeable and the auxiliary content user interfaces are interchangeable. 
       FIGS.  9 A- 9 H  are flow diagrams illustrating a method  900  of presenting representations of auxiliary content related to an item of content in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. The method  900  is optionally performed at an electronic device such as device  100 , device  300 , device  500 , device  501 , device  510 , and device  511  as described above with reference to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  2 - 3 ,  4 A- 4 B and  5 A- 5 C . Some operations in method  900  are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  900  provides ways to present representations of auxiliary content related to an item of content. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of the user&#39;s interaction with the user interface conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 C , an electronic device  500  in communication with a display device  514  and one or more input devices  510  (e.g., a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player, or a wearable device) including a touch screen, a computer including one or more of a keyboard, mouse, trackpad, and touch screen and in communication with a display, or a set-top box in communication with a display and a remote control device) displays ( 902 ), via the display device, a product page user interface for a respective content item (e.g., movie, series of episodic content, etc.), wherein the product page user interface includes a first representation  820  corresponding to auxiliary content created for the respective content item (e.g., the product page includes information about the content item, such as studio, genre, cast and crew, synopsis, available ways for the user to gain entitlement to watch the item of content, options to play the content, and one or more representations of auxiliary content created for the respective content item). For example, the product page for a series of episodic content includes a description of the series, a selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to play the next episode in the series based on which episode the user most recently watched, representations of the episodes in the series that are each selectable to play a respective episode, and one or more representations corresponding to auxiliary content created for the series of episodic content. The one or more representations of auxiliary content optionally include text and images that represent the auxiliary content. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 C , while displaying the product page user interface, the electronic device  500  receives ( 904 ), via the one or more input devices  510 , an input directed to the first representation  820 . 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input directed to the first representation ( 906 ), the electronic device  500  ceases ( 908 ) display of the product page user interface for the respective content item, such as in  FIG.  8 D . 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input directed to the first representation ( 906 ), the electronic device  500  displays ( 910 ), via the display device, an auxiliary content user interface  828   a  that includes the auxiliary content  832   a ,  834   a ,  836   a  created for the respective content item. For example, displaying a separate user interface dedicated to the auxiliary content, separate from the product page user interface. In some embodiments, the auxiliary content is content to which the user of the electronic device has access by virtue of the fact that the user has access to the respective content item (e.g., because the user purchased the respective content item, the user subscribed to the channel on which the respective content item is available, etc). In some embodiments, the auxiliary content is not content that can be purchased separately or independently from the respective content item, and is only available to the user once the user has access to the respective content item. The auxiliary content optionally includes text, images, audio content and/or video content related to the respective content item. In some embodiments, the auxiliary content includes video content related to the respective content item that is not the content item itself. The auxiliary content user interface optionally includes additional menus and selectable options that are selectable to present items of auxiliary content. In some embodiments, the auxiliary content user interface is the auxiliary content itself. In other words, in some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of the first representation of the auxiliary content, the electronic device presents the auxiliary content. 
     The above-described manner of presenting the representation of the auxiliary content created for the respective content item in the product page user interface of the respective content item allows the electronic device to present the representation of the auxiliary content item along with other content and information related to the respective content item in the product page user interface, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to browse all information and content related to the respective content item, including the auxiliary content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 C , the first representation  820  corresponding to the auxiliary content occupies a full width of the product page user interface and includes a first selectable option  822  overlaid on the first representation, and the input directed to the first representation includes selection of the first selectable option  822  ( 912 ). In some embodiments, the first representation includes a background image that is a still image or an animated motion image. Optionally, information about the auxiliary content (e.g., title, summary, etc.) and the first selectable option are overlaid on the image. The electronic device is optionally able to direct its input focus to the first selectable option and, while the input focus is on the first selectable option, selection of the selectable option causes the electronic device to present the corresponding auxiliary content. 
     The above-described manner of presenting the first option overlaid on the first representation allows the electronic device to concurrently present the option and the first representation, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to select the first option while viewing the first representation), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first representation  820  comprises a moving image background  824  ( 914 ). In some embodiments, the moving image background is video content or another animated or moving image. 
     The above-described manner of presenting the first representation with the moving image background allows the electronic device to present a plurality of images without a user input for navigating through the plurality of images, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the plurality of images), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 J , the first representation  848   a  is one of a plurality of representations  848   a  and  848   b  corresponding to auxiliary content (e.g., each representation selectable to view different auxiliary content for the respective content item) that are horizontally scrollable in the product page user interface, and the input directed to the first representation  848   a  includes selection of the first representation  848   a  that corresponds to first auxiliary content for the respective content item ( 916 ). In some embodiments, the electronic device presents part of a second representation horizontally adjacent to the first representation. Optionally, in response to detecting an input to horizontally scroll the row of representations, the electronic device updates the user interface to present the second representation and part of the first representation. In some embodiments, the first and second representations comprise motion images with information about the auxiliary content overlaid on the motion image. 
     The above-described manner of presenting the plurality of horizontally scrollable representations allows the electronic device to present the user with multiple representations of auxiliary content within the product page user interface, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by enabling the user to browse the representations without navigating away from the product page user interface), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 S , the first representation  860  is an image  864  on the product page user interface that includes a plurality of respective representations  862   a - d  corresponding to auxiliary content overlaid on the background image  864  (e.g., each representation selectable to view different auxiliary content for the respective content item) ( 918 ), and the input directed to the first representation  860  includes selection (e.g., with contact  803 ) of a first respective representation  862   b  of the plurality of respective representations that corresponds to first auxiliary content for the respective content item. In some embodiments, the electronic device presents an image that is as wide as the width of the product page user interface with a plurality of selectable representations overlaid on the image. Optionally, each representation includes text and/or an image corresponding to auxiliary content that is presented in response to detecting selection of a respective representation. In some embodiments, the electronic device also displays information about the group of items of auxiliary content overlaid on the image. As the user horizontally scrolls to move the input focus of the electronic device from one representation to another, the electronic device displays another image (e.g., an icon, illustration, etc.) that corresponds to the representation that has the current focus overlaid on the background image. In some embodiments, the background image does not change when the current focus moves from representation to representation. 
     The above-described manner of presenting a plurality of respective representations overlaid on an image in the product page user interface allows the electronic device to concurrently present multiple representations of auxiliary content, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to browse the representations of auxiliary content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 R , in accordance with a determination that the first respective representation  862   a  of the plurality of respective representations  862   a - d  has a current focus, the image  864  is displayed with first information  866   a  and  868   a , corresponding to the first respective representation  862   a , overlaid on the image  864  ( 920 ) (e.g., the electronic device presents information about the auxiliary content that is presented in response to detecting selection of the first respective representation). For example, the electronic device displays a title or description of the auxiliary content below the first respective representation when the first respective representation has the current focus. In some embodiments, in addition to displaying the first information that corresponds to the first respective representation, the electronic device also presents a first image (e.g., an icon or illustration) that corresponds to the first respective representation overlaid on the background image. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 S , in accordance with a determination that a second respective representation  862   b  of the plurality of respective representations  862   a - d  has the current focus, the image  864  is displayed with second information  866   b  and  868   b , corresponding to the second respective representation  862   b , overlaid on the image. In some embodiments, the electronic device presents information about the auxiliary content that is presented in response to detecting selection of the second respective representation. For example, the electronic device displays a title or description of the auxiliary content below the second respective representation when the second respective representation has the current focus. In some embodiments, in addition to displaying the second information that corresponds to the second respective representation, the electronic device also presents a second image (e.g., an icon or illustration) that corresponds to the second respective representation overlaid on the background image. 
     The above-described manner of displaying information overlaid on the image that corresponds to the respective representation that has the current focus allows the electronic device to provide additional information about the representation with the current focus prior to detecting selection of one of the representations, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the information about the respective representation that has the current focus), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 S , the first representation  860  is an auxiliary content representation of a first type (e.g., the representation includes images and information presented in a first arrangement), is located at a first location in the product page user interface, and corresponds to first auxiliary content ( 924 ) (e.g., In response to detecting selection of the first representation, the electronic device optionally presents the first auxiliary content). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 Q , the product page user interface further includes a second representation  848   b  that is located at a second location in the product page user interface (e.g., the representation includes images and information presented in a second arrangement that is different from the first arrangement), wherein the second representation  858   b  is an auxiliary content representation of a second type, different than the first type, and corresponds to second auxiliary content ( 926 ). In response to detecting selection of the second representation, the electronic device optionally presents the second auxiliary content. For example, the product page includes a first representation of first auxiliary content that includes a background image occupying the width of the product page with one selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to display the first auxiliary content at a location in the product page that is in between a section including information about the episodes of the content and bonus material of the content and includes a second representation of auxiliary content that is within a horizontally scrollable row of representations of auxiliary content that is selectable to present the second auxiliary content and is located between the bonus content section of the product page and a section of the product page that includes representations of content that are related to the content represented by the product page. 
     The above-described manner of including multiple representations of auxiliary content in the product page user interface allows the electronic device to enable the user to browse the representations of auxiliary content from the product page user interface which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the inputs needed to browse the representations of auxiliary content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 L , the auxiliary content created for the respective content item is video content  852  that is playing when the auxiliary content user interface is displayed ( 928 ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of the first representation, the electronic device begins playing a video. Optionally, the electronic device ceases displaying the product page user interface when it plays the video. 
     The above-described manner of presenting auxiliary video content in response to detecting selection of a representation of auxiliary content displayed in the product page user interface allows the electronic device to enable browsing of the auxiliary video content from the product page user interface, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to play the video content from the product page user interface), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 L , while displaying, via the display device  514 , the video content  852  in the auxiliary content user interface, the electronic device  500  receives ( 930 ), via the one or more input devices, an input including a contact  803  (e.g., a tap or click) detected on a touch-sensitive surface  451  of a remote control device  510 . 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 M , in response to receiving the input including the contact detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the remote control device, the electronic device  500  displays ( 932 ), via the display device  514 , contextual information  856  and  858  about the video auxiliary content  852  and a progress bar  854  indicating playback progress through the video auxiliary content overlaid on the video auxiliary content. In some embodiments, the contextual information is metadata about the video content, such as a title, description, runtime of the video, an indication of the content series to which the video is related, and the like. Optionally, in response to the contact, the electronic device also displays an image related to the video content overlaid on the video content. In some embodiments, the progress bar is a scrubber bar that the user is able to select to change the current playback position within the auxiliary video content. 
     The above-described manner of displaying the contextual information and the progress bar in response to detecting the tap while playing the auxiliary video content allows the electronic device to continue playing the video while displaying the progress bar and contextual information, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the amount of time it takes to finish the auxiliary video content and view the progress bar and contextual information), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 P , while displaying, via the display device  514 , the video content  852  in the auxiliary content user interface, the electronic device  500  receives ( 934 ), via the one or more input devices  510 , an input corresponding to a request to navigate back to the product page user interface for the respective content item (e.g., selection of a “menu” button on a remote control device). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 Q , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to navigate back to the product page user interface for the respective content item ( 936 ), the electronic device  500  ceases ( 938 ) display of the auxiliary content user interface (e.g., the electronic device stops playing the auxiliary video content). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 Q , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to navigate back to the product page user interface for the respective content item ( 936 ), the electronic device  500  displays ( 940 ), via the display device, the product page user interface for the respective content item, wherein the product page user interface is scrolled to a portion of the product page user interface that includes the first representation  848   b  (e.g., the first representation has the current focus). In some embodiments, while displaying the first representation in the product page user interface, in response to detecting selection of the first representation, the electronic device ceases to display the product page user interface and plays the auxiliary video content. Optionally, while playing the auxiliary video content, in response to detecting the input to navigate backwards, the electronic device ceases playing the auxiliary video content and displays the first representation in the product page user interface having the current focus. 
     The above-described manner of displaying the portion of the product page including the first representation in response to detecting the input to navigate back while presenting the auxiliary content user interface allows the electronic device to present the portion of the product page user interface the user was viewing before viewing the auxiliary content user interface in response to detecting the input to navigate backwards, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs (e.g., scrolling inputs) needed to continue viewing the portion of the product page including the first representation after selecting the option to navigate backwards), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 N , while displaying, via the display device  514 , the video content  852  in the auxiliary content user interface, the electronic device  500  detects ( 942 ) that an end of the video auxiliary content has been reached (e.g., in response to detecting selection of the first representation, the electronic device displays first auxiliary video content). Optionally, the electronic device continues playing the first auxiliary video content until the end of the first auxiliary video content. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 O , in response to detecting that the end of the video auxiliary content has been reached ( 944 ), the electronic device  500  ceases ( 946 ) display of the auxiliary content user interface. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 O , in response to detecting that the end of the video auxiliary content has been reached ( 944 ), the electronic device  500  displays ( 948 ), via the display device, the product page user interface for the respective content item, wherein the product page user interface is scrolled to a portion of the product page user interface that includes the first representation  848   b  (e.g., the first representation has the current focus). In some embodiments, after finishing the first auxiliary video content, the electronic device presents the first representation in the product page user interface. 
     The above-described manner of displaying the portion of the product page including the first representation in response to detecting the end of the video auxiliary content allows the electronic device to present the portion of the product page user interface the user was viewing before viewing the auxiliary content user interface in response to detecting the end of the auxiliary video content, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs (e.g., scrolling inputs) needed to continue viewing the portion of the product page including the first representation after finishing the video auxiliary content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 D , the auxiliary content user interface  828   a  includes a first full screen image  834   a  (e.g., a still image or a motion image, such as an animation or video content) related to first auxiliary content for the respective content item, and a first auxiliary content user interface element  832   a  that includes information related to the first auxiliary content that is overlaid on the first full screen image and has a current focus ( 950 ). In some embodiments, the electronic device presents text related to the first auxiliary content and a selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to present the first auxiliary content (e.g., video content or another auxiliary content user interface) overlaid on the full screen image. The text and selectable option are optionally displayed in one of the corners of the background image. 
     The above-described manner of displaying the information overlaid on the first full screen image allows the electronic device to present the information and the full screen image at the same time, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the full screen image and the information), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 D , the first auxiliary content user interface element  832   a  includes a selectable option  830   a  that is selectable to display, via the display device  514 , the first auxiliary content for the respective content item ( 952 ). In some embodiments, the first auxiliary content item is video content or another auxiliary content user interface. Optionally, the background image is related to the first auxiliary content. 
     The above-described manner of concurrently displaying the selectable option to display first auxiliary content while displaying the information about the first auxiliary content allows the electronic device to simplify the process to play the first auxiliary content after reading the information about the first auxiliary content, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to watch the first auxiliary content during or after the user reads the information about the first auxiliary content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 E , while displaying the first full screen image  834   a  related to the first auxiliary content, and the first auxiliary content user interface element  832   a  having the current focus, the electronic device receives ( 954 ), via the one or more input devices  510 , an input  803  corresponding to a request to navigate horizontally in the auxiliary content user interface (e.g., a swipe input detected on a touch sensitive surface of a remote control device or another directional input). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 F , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to navigate horizontally in the auxiliary content user interface ( 956 ), the electronic device  500  ceases ( 958 ) display of the first full screen image  834   a  such as in  FIG.  8 E . 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 F , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to navigate horizontally in the auxiliary content user interface ( 956 ), the electronic device  500  displays ( 960 ) a second full screen image  834   b  related to second auxiliary content for the respective content item, such as in  FIG.  8 F , wherein a second auxiliary content user interface element that includes information  836   b  and  832   b  related to the second auxiliary content is overlaid on the second full screen image  834   b  and has the current focus. In some embodiments, the electronic device navigates between full-screen auxiliary content user interfaces that each include information about a respective item of auxiliary content and a selectable option to display the respective auxiliary content overlaid on a respective full-screen image related to the respective auxiliary content in response to detecting the horizontal directional input. 
     The above-described manner of displaying the second full screen image related to second auxiliary content in response to the request to navigate horizontally allows the electronic device to navigate between auxiliary content user interfaces in response to horizontal directional inputs, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to navigate between the auxiliary content user interfaces compared to, for example, requiring the user to navigate backward to select a different representation of auxiliary content on the product page user interface), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 E , while displaying the first full screen image  834   a  related to the first auxiliary content, and the first auxiliary content user interface element  832   a  having the current focus, the electronic device  500  receives ( 962 ), via the one or more input devices, an input  803  corresponding to a request to navigate horizontally in the auxiliary content user interface that is associated with a movement metric (e.g., the electronic device is able to detect a plurality of characteristics of a horizontal directional input, such as duration, length, speed, etc. of a horizontal swipe detected on a touch-sensitive surface of a remote control device). Based on the detected characteristics of the horizontal directional input, the electronic device either processes the input as a request to navigate horizontally or as a non-navigational input. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 E , in response to receiving the input  803  corresponding to the request to navigate horizontally in the auxiliary content user interface ( 964 ) (e.g., the length, duration, speed, etc. of the swipe input correspond to a request to navigate horizontally in the user interface), in accordance with a determination that the movement metric is greater than a threshold movement metric, the electronic device  500  ceases ( 966 ) display of the first full screen image  834   a , such as in  FIG.  8 E , and displays a second full screen image  834   b , such as in  FIG.  8 F , related to second auxiliary content for the respective content item. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the one or more characteristics correspond to a request to navigate horizontally (e.g., greater than a threshold length, greater than a threshold duration, greater than a threshold speed, etc.), the electronic device processes the input as a request to navigate horizontally and, in response to the input, navigates horizontally in the user interface, such as by presenting the next full-screen auxiliary content user interface. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 D , in accordance with a determination that the movement metric is less than a threshold movement metric ( 968 ) (e.g., the length, duration, speed, etc. of the swipe input correspond to a non-navigational user input, such as being less than one or more of the thresholds described above), the electronic device  500  displays ( 970 ), on the first auxiliary content user interface element  830   a , a visual indication  840  of the movement metric without ceasing display of the first full screen image  834   a  and displaying the second full screen image, such as in  FIG.  8 E . In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the one or more characteristics correspond to a non-navigational user input (e.g., based on a size, duration, speed, etc. of the input), the electronic device presents a visual indication of the input overlaid on the selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to present the first auxiliary content that corresponds to the first auxiliary content user interface. For example, the electronic device presents a visual highlight (e.g., the appearance of a light shining on the user interface) overlaid on the selectable option that moves in accordance with the user input, or a tilting of the selectable option in accordance with the input. 
     The above-described manner of navigating horizontally in response to a request to navigate horizontally and presenting a visual indication of the movement without ceasing display of the first full screen image in response to an input that is not a navigation request allows the electronic device to indicate to the user the location of the current focus in response to the non-navigational user input, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the amount of time it takes to convey the result of making a selection in the user interface), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 E , the first full screen image  834   a  related to the first auxiliary content is one of a plurality of full screen images related to a plurality of items of auxiliary content for the respective content item that can be navigated to from within the auxiliary content user interface ( 972 ) (e.g., the auxiliary content user interface includes a plurality of full-screen pages that each include a respective background image and a respective selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to present respective auxiliary content). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 E , the auxiliary content user interface includes, overlaid on the first full screen image  834   a , a visual indicator  838   a  of a scroll position within the plurality of full screen images ( 974 ) (e.g., a pagination indicator that indicates the relative position of the currently-displayed full-screen image relative to the plurality of full screen images). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 F , in accordance with a determination that a number  842  of the plurality of full screen images is less than a first threshold number  844  (e.g., 3, 5, 7), the visual indicator  838   b  of the scroll position includes discrete scroll position indicators that indicate the plurality of full screen images and a current scroll position within the plurality of full screen images ( 976 ) (e.g., the electronic device displays a plurality of visual indicators next to one another (e.g., a row of dots) that each represent one of the full screen images). In some embodiments, the visual indicator representing the full-screen image that is currently displayed is presented with a visual characteristic (e.g., color, size, transparency) that is different form the visual characteristic of the other visual indicators. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 G , in accordance with a determination that the number  842  of the plurality of full screen images is greater than the first threshold number  844 , the visual indicator  838   c  of the scroll position includes a continuous scroll position indicator that indicates the current scroll position within the plurality of full screen images (e.g., a scroll bar). In some embodiments, the position of an indicator on the scroll bar corresponds to the relative position of the currently-displayed full-screen image relative to the other full-screen images in the plurality of full-screen images. 
     The above-described manner of presenting the visual indicator with the discrete scroll position in response to determining that the number of full screen images is less than the threshold number and displaying the continuous scroll position indication in response to determining that the number of full screen images is greater than the threshold number allows the electronic device to present the user with specific information about the number of full screen images when the number of full screen images is less than the threshold and present the user with an efficient indication of the relative position within the plurality of full screen images when the number of full screen images is greater than the threshold, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by presenting specific information when the number of images is below the threshold and presenting efficient information when the number of pages is above the threshold), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 H , in accordance with the determination that the number  842  of the plurality of full screen images is greater than the first threshold number  844 , in accordance with a determination that the number  842  of the plurality of full screen images is greater than a second threshold  846  (e.g., 20, 30, etc.), higher than the first threshold  844 , the continuous scroll position indicator  838   d  has a first size (e.g., height, width, etc). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 G , in accordance with the determination that the number  842  of the plurality of full screen images is greater than the first threshold number  844 , in accordance with a determination that the number  842  of the plurality of full screen images is less than the second threshold  846 , the continuous scroll position indicator  838   c  has a second size, greater than the first size. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the number of the plurality of full screen images is greater than the second threshold, the scroll position indication is displayed at a smaller size and in accordance with a determination that the number of plurality of full screen images is less than the second threshold, the scroll position indicator is displayed at a larger size. 
     The above-described manner of displaying the scroll position indicator at the first size in response to determining that the number of full screen images is greater than the second threshold and displaying the scroll position indicator at the second size in response to determining that the number of full screen images is less than the second threshold allows the electronic device to present the indicator at a larger size that is easier to see when the number of full screen images is below the threshold and present the indicator at a smaller size that makes the relative position easier to differentiate from page to page when the number of images is above the second threshold, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by increasing the legibility of the position indicator which reduces the amount of time it takes for the user to read the scroll position indicator), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 T , the auxiliary content user interface  870  includes a full screen image  872   a  (e.g., still image, motion background, video background, etc.) related to the auxiliary content for the respective content item, and a plurality of respective representations  874   a - e  that are selectable to display respective auxiliary content for the respective content item are overlaid over the full screen image, one of the plurality of respective representations having a current focus ( 986 ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of one of the respective representations, the electronic device presents respective auxiliary content (e.g., a video, another auxiliary content user interface, etc.) corresponding to the representation. Each representation optionally includes one or more of text and an image. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 T , in accordance with a determination that a first respective representation  874   a  of the plurality of respective representations has the current focus, the full screen image  872   a  is a first full screen image corresponding to first respective auxiliary content for the respective content item, wherein the first respective representation  874   a  is selectable to display the first respective auxiliary content ( 988 ) (e.g., the full screen image over which the representations are overlaid corresponds to the representation that has the current focus of the electronic device). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 U , in accordance with a determination that a second respective representation  874   b  of the plurality of respective representations has the current focus, the full screen image is a second full screen image  872   b  corresponding to second respective auxiliary content for the respective content item, wherein the second respective representation  874   b  is selectable to display the second respective auxiliary content ( 990 ). In some embodiments, while the current focus is on the first representation, the electronic device presents a full-screen image corresponding to the first representation. In response to detecting an input to change the current focus to the second representation, the electronic device optionally changes the current focus from the first representation to the second representation, ceases displaying the full screen image corresponding to the first representation, and displays a full screen image corresponding to the second representation. 
     The above-described manner of displaying a full screen image that corresponds to the representation that has the current focus while displaying the plurality of representations overlaid on the full screen image allows the electronic device to display the full screen image within the user interface that includes the plurality of representations, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the full screen image associated with the representation), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 V , the auxiliary content user interface includes ( 991 ) a first respective representation  882 , of a plurality of respective representations  882  and  880   a - e  that are selectable to display respective auxiliary content for the respective content item, that is selectable to display first respective auxiliary content for the respective content item, wherein the first respective representation  880  has a first size (e.g., a relatively large size) and has a current focus ( 992 ). In some embodiments, the first respective representation has a width that is the width of the auxiliary content user interface. Optionally, when the electronic device initially presents the auxiliary content user interface, the first respective representation has the current focus. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of the first respective representation, the electronic device displays first respective auxiliary content (e.g., video content or another auxiliary content user interface). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 V , the auxiliary content user interface includes ( 991 ) a remainder of the plurality of respective representations  880   a - e  that are selectable to display respective auxiliary content for the respective content item, wherein the remainder of the plurality of respective representations  880   a - e  have a second size, smaller than the first size ( 994 ). In some embodiments, the remainder of the plurality of respective representations are displayed in a row vertically adjacent to the first respective representation. In response to detecting selection of one of the remainder of the plurality of respective representations, the electronic device presents respective auxiliary content (e.g., video content or another auxiliary content user interface). 
     The above-described manner of concurrently displaying the first respective representation and the second respective representations allows the electronic device to enable the user to view the first and second representations without entering a user input to navigate between user interfaces that include the various representations, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the inputs needed to browse the representations of auxiliary content items), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 V , in accordance with a determination that the first respective representation  878   a  has the current focus, animating the first respective representation  879   a  ( 996 ) (e.g., displaying an animated or video version of an image included in the first respective representation when the first respective representation has the current focus). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 W , in accordance with a determination that the first respective representation  882  does not have the current focus, ceasing animating the first respective representation  882  ( 998 ). In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the first respective representation with a still version of the image included in the first respective representation when a respective representation other than the first respective representation has the current focus. 
     The above-described manner of animating the first representation when the first representation has the current focus and ceasing to animate the first representation when the first representation no longer has the current focus allows the electronic device to play and pause the animation of the first representation within the auxiliary content user interface in response to a change in the current focus, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to play and pause the animation of the first respective representation), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 W , in accordance with a determination that a second respective representation  880   a  of the plurality of respective representations has the current focus, forgoing animating the second respective representation  880   a . In some embodiments, the first representation animates when it has the current focus but the remaining second respective representations do not animate in response to the input focus moving to one of the second respective representations 
     The above-described manner of forgoing animating the second respective representation in response to determining that the second respective representation has the current focus allows the electronic device to forgo loading an animation corresponding to the second representation, which reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by reducing the number of operations that need to be performed when the user moves the input focus from the first respective representation to the second respective representation. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS.  9 A- 9 H  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  1100 , and  1300 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  900  described above with respect to  FIGS.  9 A- 9 H . For example, the ways of presenting representations of auxiliary content described above with reference to method  900  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the ways of presenting representations of items of content, presenting representations of content based on the content consumption history of the user account, presenting representations of bonus content items, etc., described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  1100 , and  1300 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., a as described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  3 ,  5 A- 5 C  or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to  FIGS.  9 A- 9 H  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . For example, displaying operations  902 ,  910 , and  932  and receiving operations  904 ,  930 , and  934  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . 
     Presenting Representations of Collections of Episodic Content 
     Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners, including using an electronic device to browse collections of episodic content. In some embodiments, an electronic device is able to present representations of collections of episodic content. The embodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic device customizes the representations of episodic content based on the content consumption history of the user. Enhancing interactions with a device reduces the amount of time needed by a user to perform operations, and thus reduces the power usage of the device and increases battery life for battery-powered devices. It is understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a user of the device. 
       FIGS.  10 A- 10 S  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device  500  presents a content browsing user interface that is customized based on the user&#39;s content consumption history in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. The embodiments in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes described with reference to  FIGS.  11 A- 11 G . 
     One or more of the user interfaces shown in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 S  are illustrated as being presented within a web browser application. In some embodiments, one or more user interfaces are displayed in a content application or another application other than a web browser. It is understood that the examples described below can be implemented within or outside of a web browser application. 
       FIGS.  10 A- 10 C  illustrate a content browsing user interface when the user is not signed into a user account associated with a content provider of the content featured (included) in the content browsing user interface. 
       FIG.  10 A  illustrates the top of a scrollable user interface for browsing collections of episodic content. The user interface includes a header region  1002  that includes a selectable option  1004  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate a process to sign into a user account associated with the content provider of the items of content presented in the content browsing user interface. The user interface further includes a top region  1006  that has an indication  1008  of the content provider and a selectable option  1010  to sign into a user account associated with the content provider overlaid on a background image  1012 . The background image  1012  is an animated or otherwise moving image that includes content related to a plurality of the collections of episodic content available via the content provider. For example, the background image  1012  is a marketing image with images and/or clips from content available via the content provider meant to entice the user to subscribe to the content provider. The user interface further includes a scroll bar  1014 . 
     As shown in  FIG.  10 A , the user selects (e.g., with cursor  1001 ) the scroll bar  1014  to drag the scroll bar  1014  down to scroll the user interface down. In response to the user&#39;s scrolling, the electronic device  500  displays a portion of the user interface that includes a representation  1026   a  of one of the collections of episodic content available from the content provider, as shown in  FIG.  10 B . In some embodiments, the user is able to scroll to any point in the user interface, including a location between representations of content. In some embodiments, in response to a scrolling input, the electronic device  500  “snaps” the user interface to a location that includes one representation of content. 
     In  FIG.  10 B , the electronic device presents the representation  1026   a  of the collection of episodic content. The representation  1026   a  includes an indication  1016   a  of the name of the collection of content, a summary  1018   a  of the collection of content, a selectable option  1020   a  to sign into an account of the content provider to watch the content, and a selectable option  1022   a  to navigate to a product page user interface of the collection of episodic content that includes additional information about the collection of episodic content overlaid on an image  1024   a  that represents the collection of episodic content. The header  1002  region including the option  1004  to sign into a user account associated with the content provider remains displayed at the top of the user interface when the user scrolls the user interface. As shown in  FIG.  10 B , the user scrolls down in the user interface by selecting (e.g., with cursor  1001 ) the scroll bar  1014  and moving it down. 
     In response to the user&#39;s scrolling including the scrolling illustrated in  FIG.  10 B , the electronic device  500  displays a section of the user interface with additional information about logging into the content provider, as shown in  FIG.  10 C . The information includes an indication  1030  of the content provider, a selectable option  1032  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to present additional information about the content provider, and an image  1034  of electronic devices using the content provider. Again, the header region  1002  including the option  1004  to sign into a user account associated with the content provider continues to be displayed at the top of the user interface. 
     Thus, as shown in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 C , the electronic device  500  displays a content browsing user interface when the user is not signed into a user account associated with a content provider of the content featured in the content browsing user interface. 
       FIGS.  10 D- 10 F  illustrate the electronic device presenting the top  1006  of the content user interface when the user is logged into the content provider (e.g., after the user logs in from the user interfaces shown in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 C ). 
     As shown in  FIG.  10 D , the top region  1006  of the user interface includes information about a collection of content the user account has previously watched using the content provider. Once the user account is signed into the content provider, the header region  1002  includes a selectable representation  1048  of the user account that is selectable to view information about the user account. The header region  1002  continues to be displayed in the top of the user interface as the user scrolls the user interface. 
     In  FIG.  10 D , the user has previously watched content included in one collection of content available from the content provider (and has not watched content from other collections of episodic content available from the content provider). The electronic device  500  presents an indication  1036   a  of the name of the collection of content the user has previously watched, a selectable option  1040   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to present the next item in the collection of content, and information  1042   a  about the next episode in the collection of content overlaid on an image  1038   a  that corresponds to the next episode in the collection of content. As shown in  FIG.  10 D , the next episode is the third episode in the collection of content, meaning the user has previously watched the first and second episodes. The image  1038   a  is optionally a still or motion image that represents the next episode in the collection of content. 
       FIG.  10 E  illustrates the top region  1006  of the user interface when the user has watched multiple collections of content from the content provider. The top region  1006  of the user interface includes information about a series of content including an episode the user has partially watched. The information includes an indication  1036   c  of the collection of content, a selectable option  1040   c  to resume playback of the episode from the previous playback position, information  1042   c  of the episode the user has partially watched, and an indication  1044  of the playback progress of the episode overlaid on an image  1038   c  that represents the episode the user partially watched. The electronic device  500  also displays navigation arrows  1046   a  and  1046   b  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to display information about another collection of content the user has previously watched from the content provider. As shown in  FIG.  10 E , the user selects (e.g., with cursor  1001 ) one of the options  1046   b  to display a representation of another collection of content. 
     In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG.  10 F , the electronic device  500  presents information about another collection of content the user has watched from the content provider. The information includes elements  1036   d ,  1038   d ,  10340   d , and  1042   d  that correspond to elements  1036   a ,  1038   a ,  10340   a , and  1042   a  described above with reference to  FIG.  10 D . As shown in  FIG.  10 F , the user selects (e.g., with cursor  1001 ) the scroll bar  1014  and drags the scroll bar down to scroll the user interface. 
     Thus, as shown in  FIGS.  10 D- 10 F , the electronic device  500  presents information about content the user has watched in the top region  1006  of the user interface when the user is logged into a user account of the content provider. 
       FIGS.  10 G- 10 L  illustrate ways the electronic device  500  presents information about collections of content available from the content provider while the user is logged into the user account of the content provider. 
       FIG.  10 G  illustrates a representation  1026   a  of a series of content that the electronic device  500  presents in response to the user&#39;s scrolling in  FIG.  10 F . In some embodiments, the user is able to scroll to any location in the user interface, including a location between the top region  1006  and representation  1026   a  and in some embodiments, in response to the scrolling input, the electronic device “snaps” the user interface to a location that includes the entire representation  1026   a . As shown in  FIG.  10 G , the representations  1026   a  consumes the width of the user interface and the height of the user interface excluding the header region  1002 . Thus, in some embodiments in which the electronic device  500  “snaps” the scrolling position to discrete scrolling positions, the discrete scrolling positions are positions at which a representation of an item of content fills the space of the user interface that is not the header region  1002 . Returning to  FIG.  10 G , the user has not yet watched the collection of content, so the electronic device  500  presents the representation  1026   a  toward the top of the user interface. 
     The representation  1026   a  includes an indication  1016   a  of the collection of content, a synopsis  1018   a  of the collection of content, a selectable option  1028   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to play the first episode in the collection of content, and a selectable option  1022   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to display a user interface with information about the collection of content overlaid on an image  1024   a  that represents the collection of content. Because the user has not watched the content series before, the image  1024   a  is an image related to the whole collection of content. As shown in  FIG.  10 G , the user selects (e.g., with cursor  1001 ) the scroll bar  1014  to drag the scroll bar to scroll the user interface. 
     After scrolling through one or more representations of collections of content the user has not previously watched, the user reaches a part of the user interface that includes representations of collections of content the user has watched previously. In other words, after the top region of the user interface that includes horizontally scrollable representations of content the user has previously viewed, the electronic device presents representations of content the user has not yet viewed before presenting representations of the content the user has previously viewed in the vertically scrollable section of the user interface. 
     In response to one or more scrolling inputs including the scrolling illustrated in  FIG.  10 G , the electronic device  500  presents the next representation  1024   b  of a collection of content, as shown in  FIG.  10 H . The representation  1024   b  includes similar elements to the representation illustrated in  FIG.  10 G . The representation includes a selectable option  1028   b  that, when selected, causes the electronic device to present the next episode in the collection of content based on the user&#39;s content consumption history. As shown in  FIG.  10 H , the electronic device  500  presents an image  1024   b  that is related to the next episode in the collection of content because the user has partially watched the collection of content. For example, if the user has watched episodes 1-3, the selection of option  1028   b  causes the device to display episode 4, and the image  1024   b  is an image of episode 4. 
     As shown in  FIG.  10 H , the user selects (e.g., with cursor  1001 ) the scroll bar  1014  to scroll the user interface down. In response to the user&#39;s scrolling, the electronic device  500  presents the representation  1026   c  of the next collection of content, as shown in  FIG.  10 I . 
     As shown in  FIG.  10 I , the representation  1026   c  includes similar elements as the representation  1026   a  described above with reference to  FIG.  10 G . The user has watched the collection of content and previously partially watched an episode in the collection of content. The representation  1026   c  includes an option  1028   c  that is selectable to resume playback of the episode from the last playback position and an indication  1044  of the playback progress within the episode (and an option  1022   c  that is selectable to display a product page user interface for the collection of content). The representation  1024   c  includes an image  1024   c  that represents the episode the user has partially watched. The user uses the cursor  1001  to select the scroll bar  1014  to scroll down in the user interface again. 
     In response to scrolling including the user&#39;s scrolling illustrated in  FIG.  10 I , the electronic device  500  presents the next representation of a collection of content, as shown in  FIG.  10 J . 
     The representation illustrated in  FIG.  10 J  is of a collection of content of which the user has previously watched all of the available episodes. Thus, the representation of the collection of content includes a selectable option  1028   d  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to present the first episode of the collection of content to enable the user to watch the collection of content again (e.g., from a first episode of the collection of content). The representation includes an image  1024   d  that represents the collection of content. The user uses the cursor  1001  to select the scroll bar  1014  to scroll down in the user interface again. 
     After the user scrolls through all of the collections of content that are not marketed towards kids, the user reaches a portion of the user interface that includes representations of collections of content that are marketed towards kids. In other words, all of the content items not marketed towards kids are presented first, then all of the content items marketed towards kids are presented. In some embodiments, the content marketed towards kids has a parental control rating below a predetermined age threshold (e.g., 6, 8, 10, 13 years old) and the content not marketed towards kids has a parental control rating above the predetermined age threshold. 
     As shown in  FIG.  10 K , in response to scrolling including the scrolling illustrated in  FIG.  10 J , the electronic device  500  presents a representation of a collection of content marketed towards kids. The representation includes elements that are similar to the representation described above with reference to  FIG.  10 G . Because the user has watched part of the collection of content, the representation includes an option  1028   e  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to play the next episode in the collection based on the user&#39;s content consumption history. The user uses the cursor  1001  to select the scroll bar  1014  to scroll down in the user interface again. 
     In  FIG.  10 L , the electronic device  500  presents a representation of another collection of content marketed towards kids. The representation includes elements that are similar to the representation described above with reference to  FIG.  10 G . Because the user has watched part of the collection of content, the representation includes an option  1028   g  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to play the next episode in the collection based on the user&#39;s content consumption history. Generally speaking, representations of kid&#39;s content optionally include similar elements to representation of content not marketed towards kids, such as including a contextual option to play the content based on the content consumption history of the user. For example, when viewing a representation of an item of content marketed towards kids that the user has not watched before, the representation includes a selectable option to play the first episode in the collection of content, similar to option  1028   a  illustrated in  FIG.  10 G . As another example, when viewing a representation of an item of content marketed towards kids that the user has previously watched and left off part way through an episode, the representation includes a selectable option to resume playback of the episode in the collection of content, similar to option  1028   c  illustrated in  FIG.  10 I . 
     Thus, as shown in  FIGS.  10 G- 10 L , the electronic device  500  presents information about collections of content available from the content provider while the user is logged into the user account of the content provider. 
     As shown in  FIG.  10 L , the user selects (e.g., with cursor  1001 ) the option  1022   g  to view the product page user interface corresponding to the collection of content shown in  FIG.  10 L  (e.g., TV Show G). In response to the user&#39;s selection, the electronic device  500  displays the product page user interface related to the collection of content. 
       FIGS.  10 M- 10 O  illustrate the product page user interface with information about a collection of content available from the content provider. Although the product page is illustrated as being presented in response to detecting selection of option  1022   g , it should be understood that the electronic device  500  is able to present similar product pages corresponding to a respective content item in response to detecting selection of any option  1022  within any representation of a respective content item. 
     As shown in  FIG.  10 M , in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG.  10 L , the electronic device  500  displays the product page user interface. The product page user interface includes an indication  1050  of the collection of content, a summary  1056  of the collection of content, information  1058  about the cast and crew of the collection of content, a selectable option  1028   g  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to play the next episode in the collection of content, and a selectable option  1052  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to add the collection of content to a playback queue of the electronic device  500  overlaid on an image  1054  that represents the next episode in the collection of content. The image  1054  is a still or motion image representing the next episode of the collection of content based on the content consumption history of the user account that is selected in a manner similar to the manner of selecting the background image of a product page described above with reference to  FIGS.  6 S- 6 X and  6 AA- 6 EE . As shown in  FIG.  10 M , the user selects and drags the scroll bar with cursor  1001  to scroll the user interface down. 
     As shown in  FIG.  10 N , in response to the user&#39;s scrolling including the scrolling illustrated in  FIG.  10 M , the electronic device  500  presents part of the product page user interface that includes representations (e.g., images)  1060   a - c  of episodes of the collection of content that are selectable to play the respective episode. The user interface also includes representations (e.g., text)  1062   a - c  of descriptions of the episodes that are selectable to display an episode page including more information about the respective episode, as will be described in more detail below with reference to  FIGS.  10 O- 10 Q . When the user scrolls to this episodes section of the product page user interface, the representation  1060   a  of the current episode based on the user&#39;s content consumption history is presented beneath a current episode indication  1064 . The electronic device  500  presents options  1046   a - b  to horizontally scroll the representations  1060   a - c  and  1062   a - c  to view representations of other episodes in the collection of content. As shown in  FIG.  10 N , the user selects (e.g., with cursor  1001 ) one of the options  1046   a  to scroll the representations  1060  and  1062 . 
     In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG.  10 N , the electronic device scrolls the representations  1060  and  1062 , as shown in  FIG.  10 O . The scrolling includes moving the indication  1064  of the current episode so that it remains above the representations  1060   a  of the current episode. The scrolling causes the electronic device  500  to reveal representations  1060   d  and  1062   d  that were not displayed in  FIG.  10 N . 
     Thus, as shown in  FIG.  10 M- 10 O , the electronic device  500  displays a product page including information about the collection of content available from the content provider. 
     As shown in  FIG.  10 O , the user selects (e.g., with cursor  1001 ) a representation  1062   a  of information about an episode in the collection of content. In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG.  10 O , the electronic device  500  presents an episode page related to the selected episode in the collection of content, as shown in  FIGS.  10 P- 10 Q . 
       FIG.  10 P  illustrates the episode page related to the episode that corresponds to the representation of information selected by the user in  FIG.  10 O . The episode page includes an image  1066  representing the episode, an indication  1068  of the series of content to which the episode belongs, the title  1070  of the episode, a summary  1072  of the episode, and a selectable option  1074  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to play the episode. If the episode has been partially watched, the electronic device displays a selectable option to resume playback of the episode at the last playback position in place of the option  1074  to play the episode from the beginning. The episode page further includes a row  1076  of representations of bonus content of the episode that are each selectable to play the respective item of bonus content related to the episode. As shown in  FIG.  10 P , the user selects (e.g., with cursor  1001 ) the scroll bar  1014  to scroll the user interface down. 
     As shown in  FIG.  10 Q , in response to the user&#39;s scrolling in  FIG.  10 P , the electronic device  500  presents another part of the episode page that includes information  1078  about the episode, such as release date, studio, languages, subtitles, and accessibility information. 
       FIGS.  10 R- 10 S  illustrate the presentation of representations of collections of content on another electronic device  500   b  (e.g., the user interfaces described with reference to  FIGS.  10 A- 10 Q ). It should be understood that both electronic devices  500  and  500   b  are able to present user interfaces similar to all of the user interfaces described herein. In some embodiments, in response to receiving a scrolling input, the electronic device  500   b  scrolls the user interface either to a discrete location that includes a full representation of an item of content or to any location in the user interface, including locations between representations of items of content. In some embodiments, electronic device  500  allows for continuous scrolling and electronic device  500   b  allows for discrete scrolling only. As the user scrolls the user interface, the header region  1002  including the option  1048  to view information about the user account continues to be displayed at the top of the user interface. 
     As shown in  FIG.  10 R , the electronic device  500   b  displays a representation of a collection of content (e.g., such as at the top of a content user interface that displays information about collections of episodic content available from a given content provider, such as described above with reference to  FIG.  10 D- 10 F  or within another part of the user interface, such as in  FIGS.  10 G- 10 L ). The representation includes an indication of the collection of content  1082   a , a selectable option  1084   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to play the first episode in the collection of content, a selectable option  1086   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to present a product page user interface related to the collection of content, and a summary  1088   a  of the collection of content overlaid on an image  1080   a  that represents the collection of content. The user scrolls (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the user interface down to reveal the next representation of a different collection of content illustrated in  FIG.  10 S . 
       FIG.  10 S  illustrates the next representation of a collection of content available from the content provider. The representation includes similar elements to the representation illustrated in  FIG.  10 R . As shown in  FIG.  10 S , the representation includes a selectable option  1084   b  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to play the next episode in the content collection based on the user&#39;s content consumption history. The representation also includes an image  1080   b  corresponding to the next episode in the collection of content based on the user&#39;s content consumption history. 
       FIGS.  11 A- 11 G  are flow diagrams illustrating a method  1100  of presenting a content browsing user interface that is customized based on the user&#39;s content consumption history in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. The method  1100  is optionally performed at an electronic device such as device  100 , device  300 , device  500 , device  501 , device  510 , and device  511  as described above with reference to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  2 - 3 ,  4 A- 4 B and  5 A- 5 C . Some operations in method  1100  are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  1100  provides ways to present a content browsing user interface that is customized based on the user&#39;s content consumption history. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of the user&#39;s interaction with the user interface conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 A , an electronic device  500  in communication with a display device  514  and one or more input devices (e.g., a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player, or a wearable device) including a touch screen, a computer including one or more of a keyboard, mouse, trackpad, and touch screen and in communication with a display, or a set-top box in communication with a display and a remote control device), displays ( 1102 ), via the display device  514 , a user interface for a respective content provider, wherein the user interface includes a plurality of representations of a plurality of content items available for viewing on the electronic device from the respective content provider (e.g., the user interface includes a first region, described below, and a region other than the first region that includes the plurality of representations of a plurality of content items). Optionally, each representation of a respective content item includes text and/or an image indicating the respective content item, such as the title of the respective content item and a description of the respective content item. In some embodiments, the image indicating the respective content item is optionally a still/motion background corresponding to the user&#39;s playback progress of the respective content item. For example, if the user has not watched any episodes of a series of episodic content, the motion background is related to the entire series of content, and if the user has watched one or more episodes of the episodic content, the motion background is related to the next episode of the series of content. In some embodiments, each representation of an item of content further includes an option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to play the content and another option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to present a product page user interface for the content that includes information about the content. Optionally, the option to play the content includes text that indicates which portion of the content will be played in response to selection of the option. For example, if the user has not started watching a series of episodic content, the option includes a play button and the text “first episode”. As another example, if the user has watched one or more episodes of the episodic content and has not watched one or more episodes of the episodic content, the option includes a play button and the text “next episode”. As another example, if the user is partway through watching a movie or partway through watching an episode of the series of episodic content, the option includes the text “resume”. In some embodiments, the product page user interface of the respective content item includes information about the content item, such as a synopsis, cast and crew, parental control information, release date, and the like. The product page optionally further includes one or more selectable options to play the respective content item, including one or more selectable options to play respective episodes of a series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the product page further includes one or more selectable options that, when selected, present auxiliary content related to the respective content item according to one or more steps of method  900 . In some embodiments, the representation of each respective content item occupies the entire display area of the user interface and the user is able to scroll the user interface to view the representation of a different item of content. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 A , in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is not signed into the respective content provider, a first region  1006  of the user interface includes information  1012  about a plurality of featured content items from the respective content provider ( 1104 ) (e.g., a sizzle reel that includes highlights from or previews of content items available from the respective content provider, selected independent of a viewing activity of a user of the electronic device from the respective content provider). In some embodiments, the sizzle reel comprises motion image(s) and/or video content related to the content items available from the respective content provider. Optionally, the sizzle reel includes one or more still images related to the content items available from the respective content provider. In some embodiments, when the electronic device is not signed into the respective content provider, the first region of the user interface includes a selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to initiate a process for logging in to the respective content provider. For example, the user is able to enter an account user name and a password associated with a user account with the content provider. In some embodiments, in response to detecting entry of a valid user name and password, the electronic device signs into the respective content provider and is granted access to the content provider. Optionally, the information about the plurality of featured content items from the respective content provider occupies the full display area of the user interface and the user is able to scroll the user interface to view other plurality of representations of content items available for viewing on the electronic device from the respective content provider. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 D , in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is signed into the respective content provider ( 1106 ) (e.g., the electronic device is signed into a user account associated with the respective content provider, thus gaining access to the respective content provider), in accordance with a determination that a user of the electronic device has viewed a first content item from a first collection of episodic content from the respective content provider, such as in  FIG.  10 D , the first region  1006  of the user interface includes a first representation  1038   a  corresponding to the first collection of episodic content (e.g., with a still image background of the tv show, a motion image background of the tv show, etc.), wherein the first representation includes a selectable option  1040   a  for displaying, via the display device, a second content item from the first collection of episodic content ( 1108 ) (e.g., if the user has viewed the first episode but not the second episode of the tv show, the first representation includes an image from and a button to watch the second episode of the tv show). In some embodiments, the first representation corresponding to the first collection of episodic further includes text indicating the title of the series of episodic content, text indicating the episode number (e.g., including a season number and episode number), and text indicating the title of the episode. Optionally, if the user has partially watched an episode in the series of content, the first representation includes a progress bar indicating the current playback position in the episode and a selectable option for resuming playback of the episode. Optionally, the first representation occupies the full display area of the user interface and the user is able to scroll the user interface to view the plurality of representations of content items available for viewing on the electronic device from the respective content provider. 
     The above-described manner of presenting the information about the featured content items when the electronic device is not signed into the respective content provider and presenting the first representation corresponding to the first collection of episodic content when the electronic device is signed into the respective content provider allows the electronic device to present the first representation in a designated location in the user interface, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to locate the representation of the first collection of episodic content, such as by scrolling the user interface), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , in accordance with the determination that the electronic device is signed into the respective content provider ( 1110 ), in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device has viewed the first content item from the first collection of episodic content from the respective content provider ( 1112 ) (e.g., an episode in a first series of episodic content, such as or similar to a TV show), in accordance with a determination that a user of the electronic device has viewed a first content item from a second collection of episodes content from the respective content provider (e.g., an episode in a second series of episodic content, such as or similar to a TV show), a second representation  1038   d  corresponding to the second collection of episodic content is displayable in the first region  1006  of the user interface, such as in  FIG.  10 F , wherein the second representation includes a selectable option  1040   d  for displaying, via the display device, a second content item from the second collection of episodic content ( 1114 ). In some embodiments, the representation corresponding to the first collection of episodic content includes a selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to display the representation corresponding to the second collection of episodic content. Optionally, each representation of a respective series of content that is displayed in the first region of the user interface includes a selectable option to view the next second representation such that the user is able to scroll through representations of each series of content from which they have watched an item of content. In some embodiments, if the user has only watched one series of content from the content provider, the electronic device only presents the representation of the series the user has watched in the region of the user interface designated for representations of content the user has watched, and the representation does not include the selectable options for scrolling the representations of content the user has watched. 
     The above-described manner of presenting a selectable option for displaying the second representation corresponding to the second collection of episodic content within the first representation corresponding to the first collection of episodic content allows the electronic device to enable the user to browse representations of content series from which the user has viewed items of content within the first region of the user interface, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to locate the representations of the series of content the user has watched before), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , while displaying, in the first region  1006 , the first representation corresponding to the first collection of episodic content without displaying, in the first region  1006 , the second representation corresponding to the second collection of episodic content (e.g., the electronic device displays one representation at a time), the electronic device receives ( 1116 ), via the one or more input devices, an input directed to the first region  1006  of the user interface that corresponds to a request to navigate horizontally in the first region of the user interface (e.g., an input to display the representation of the second collection of episodic content). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 F , in response to receiving the input directed to the first region  1006  of the user interface that corresponds to the request to navigate horizontally in the first region ( 1118 ), the electronic device  500  ceases ( 1120 ) display, in the first region  1006 , the first representation. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 F , in response to receiving the input directed to the first region of the user interface that corresponds to the request to navigate horizontally in the first region ( 1118 ), the electronic device  500  displays ( 1122 ), in the first region  1006 , the second representation. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays one representation at a time. In some embodiments, each representation occupies the entirety of a portion of the user interface for browsing representations of content. Optionally, the portion of the user interface for browsing the representations of content excludes a header region in which a representation of the user account is displayed. 
     The above-described manner of displaying one representation of a respective collection of episodic content at a time allows the electronic device to display more information within each representation, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by increasing the amount of information about the respective collection of episodic content that is visible to the user within the first region of the user interface), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , in accordance with the determination that the electronic device is signed into the respective content provider ( 1124 ), in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has partially viewed the first content item from the first collection of episodic content (e.g., the user started playing the episode from the collection of episodic content and played the content to a playback position that is not the end of the content), the first region  1006  of the user interface includes a second representation corresponding to the first content item, wherein the second representation includes a selectable option  1040   c  for resuming playback, via the display device, of the first content item from the first collection of episodic content ( 1126 ). In response to detecting selection of the selectable option for resuming playback, the electronic device presents the content from the playback position at which the user last left off. Optionally, the representation includes an indication of the playback progress of the item of content. 
     The above-described manner of displaying the option to resume playback within the second representation of the collection of episodic content allows the electronic device to display the option to resume playback of content the user was watching within the first region of the user interface, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to resume playback of content the user began watching), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 F , while displaying, via the display device, the first region  1006  of the user interface, the electronic device  500  receives ( 1128 ), via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a request to scroll through the user interface (e.g., an input to vertically scroll the user interface). In some embodiments, an input to horizontally scroll the user interface while displaying the first region of the user interface causes the electronic device to display a different representation in the first region of the user interface and an input to vertically scroll the user interface causes the electronic device to cease displaying the first region and to instead display a second region of the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 G , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to scroll through the user interface, the electronic device  500  scrolls ( 1130 ) through the user interface to reveal, in a second region of the user interface, a plurality of representations of collections of episodic content available from the respective content provider (e.g., the electronic device displays one representation at a time that occupies the entire visible portion of the second region of the user interface, where the user is able to scroll vertically from one representation to another), wherein the plurality of representations of the collections of episodic content include respective first selectable options  1028  that are selectable to display respective content from the collections of episodic content (e.g., in response to detecting selection of a respective first selectable option, the electronic device plays the respective content), and respective second selectable options  1022  that are selectable to display respective user interfaces dedicated to the respective collections of episodic content. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of a respective second selectable option, the electronic device presents a product page user interface of the respective collection of episodic content. The product page user interface optionally includes information about the respective collection of episodic content, representations of the episodes of the collection of episodic content, and one or more selectable options to play the content. 
     The above-described manner of presenting an option to play the content and an option to view a product page user interface of the content within the representation of the content allows the electronic device to concurrently present options to view more information about a respective collection of episodic content or play the respective collection of episodic content, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs to either view the content or view information about the content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 I , the plurality of representations of the collections of episodic content includes a first respective representation corresponding to a first respective collection of episodic content, the user of the electronic device has partially watched a given content item from the first respective collection of episodic content, and the first selectable option  1028   c  included in the first respective representation is selectable to resume playback of the given content item ( 1132 ). In response to detecting selection of the first respective representation, the electronic device resumes playback of the content item from a playback position at which the user last left off. 
     The above-described manner of presenting the option to resume playback of the content item within the representation allows the electronic device to automatically select the last playback position as the playback position at which playback will commence in response to detecting selection of the option, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to play the content from the last playback position), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 H , the plurality of representations of the collections of episodic content includes a first respective representation corresponding to a first respective collection of episodic content, the user of the electronic device has watched a first content item from the first respective collection of episodic content (e.g., the user has watched one of the episodes in the collection of episodic content), and the first selectable option  1028   b  included in the first respective representation is selectable to play a second content item, following the first content item, in the first respective collection of episodic content ( 1134 ). In some embodiments, if the user has fully watched one or more episodes from the collection of episodic content, the electronic device displays an option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to play the next episode in the collection of episodic content. For example, if the user has watched episodes 1-3 of a respective collection of episodic content, in response to detecting selection of the first selectable option, the electronic device begins playing the fourth episode in the collection. The above-described manner of presenting the option to play the next episode in the collection of episodic content allows the electronic device to automatically select the next episode as the episode that will play in response to detecting selection of the option, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to play the next episode in the collection), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 J , the plurality of representations of the collections of episodic content includes a first respective representation corresponding to a first respective collection of episodic content, the user of the electronic device has watched every content item in the first respective collection of episodic content, and the first selectable option  1028   d  included in the first respective representation is selectable to play a first content item in the first respective collection of episodic content ( 1136 ). In some embodiments, the first selectable option includes an indication that the user has already watched all of the episodes in the collection of episodic content, such as the text “watch again,” and selection of the first selectable option causes the electronic device to play the first episode of the content series from the beginning of the first episode. 
     The above-described manner of displaying an option to watch the collection of episodic content from the beginning of the collection if the user has already watched all episodes in the collection allows the electronic device to play the collection again from the beginning in response to detecting selection of the option, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to replay the collection from the beginning), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , in accordance with a determination that a representation corresponding to a given collection of episodic content is included in the first region  1006  in the user interface (e.g., the user has watched content from that collection of episodic content, and thus the user is able to horizontally scroll to a representation of the collection of content in the first region of the user interface), a representation corresponding to the given collection of episodic content is located at a first position in the second region in the user interface, such as in  FIG.  10 I  ( 1138 ) (e.g., towards the bottom of the vertically scrollable second region of the user interface). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 G , in accordance with a determination that the representation corresponding to the given collection of episodic content is not included in the first region in the user interface (e.g., the user has not yet watched the given collection of episodic content), the representation corresponding to the given collection of episodic content is located at a second position (e.g., towards the top of the vertically scrollable second region of the user interface), different than the first position, in the second region in the user interface ( 1140 ). In some embodiments, the electronic device presents representations of collections of the content the user has watched before in the first region of the user interface, which is horizontally scrollable and presents additional representations of those collections towards the bottom of the vertically scrollable second region of the user interface. Optionally, representations of collections of content the user has not yet watched are not displayed in the first region of the user interface but are displayed towards the top of the second region of the user interface (e.g., in between the first region and the lower representations of collections of episodic content that the user has already watched). 
     The above-described manner of displaying representations of collections of content that are included in the first region of the user interface in a first position in the second region of the user interface and displaying representations of collections of content that are not included in the first region of the user interface in a second position in the second region of the user interface allows the electronic device to reduce the number of inputs needed to locate the representations in the first region via horizontal scrolling and reduce the number of inputs needed to locate the representations in the second region via vertical scrolling, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to locate a respective representation of a respective collection of content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 A , in accordance with the determination that the electronic device is not signed into the respective content provider, the first region  1002  includes a selectable option  1004  that is selectable to initiate a process to sign into the respective content provider ( 1142 ) (e.g., by displaying a user interface into which the user is able to enter credentials (e.g., username and/or password) for logging into the content provider, and unlocking access to the content available from that content provider). In some embodiments, the selectable option is displayed in a header region of the user interface that is included in the first region of the user interface. 
     The above-described manner of presenting the selectable option to log into the account in the first region of the user interface if the user is not logged in allows the electronic device to present the option to log in at a location in the user interface that is easily located by the user, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the amount of time it takes the user to log in), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 A , while displaying the first region  1006  including the selectable option  1004  that is selectable to initiate the process to sign into the respective content provider, the electronic device  500  receives ( 1144 ), via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a request to scroll through the user interface (e.g., a user input to vertically scroll the user interface to cease displaying the first region of the user interface and begin displaying another region of the user interface). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 B , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to scroll through the user interface ( 1146 ), the electronic device  500  scrolls ( 1148 ) through the user interface such that the first region  1006  is no longer displayed via the display device while maintaining display, via the display device, of the selectable option  1004  that is selectable to initiate the process to sign into the respective content provider. In some embodiments, the header region that includes the selectable option that is selectable to initiate the process to sign into the respective content provider persists as the user scrolls the user interface. For example, the header region is always displayed at the top of the user interface. In response to detecting selection of the selectable option, the electronic device optionally presents a login user interface at which the user is able to provide user account information to the content provider to log into a user account that entitles the user to view content from the content provider. 
     The above-described manner of maintaining display of the option to sign into the user account while scrolling the user interface allows the electronic device to display the option to sign into the user account while the user browses the content provider user interface, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to sign into the account while browsing the content provider user interface), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 A , while displaying the first region  1006  including the selectable option that is selectable to initiate the process to sign into the respective content provider, the electronic device  500  receives ( 1150 ), via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a request to scroll through the user interface (e.g., a user input to vertically scroll the user interface to cease displaying the first region and to instead display another region of the user interface). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 C , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to scroll through the user interface ( 1152 ), the electronic device  500  scrolls ( 1154 ) through the user interface to reveal, in a second region in the user interface, a representation that includes information  1030  about signing into the respective content provider (e.g., information about how to subscribe to the content provider, information about an application that presents content available via the content provider, etc.) and a second selectable option  1032  that is selectable to initiate the process to sign into the respective content provider. In some embodiments, the information about signing into the respective content provider is presented at the bottom of the user interface. The user interface optionally includes one or more representations of items of content accessible via the content provider. In some embodiments, after the user scrolls past the all of the representations of content items, the electronic device displays information about content provider. The above-described manner of displaying the information about signing into the respective content provider and the option to initiate the process to sign into the respective content provider allows the electronic device to simplify the process for signing into the content provider after scrolling through the user interface, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to sign into the user account after scrolling through the user interface), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIGS.  10 G- 10 J , the user interface includes ( 1156 ) representations of content available from the respective content provider that have a first set of one or more content ratings above a first scroll position in the user interface ( 1160 ) (e.g., collections of content items that are not specifically marketed towards children are displayed towards the top of the user interface, or more generally, content that has a parental/content rating within a first range of content ratings). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIGS.  10 K- 10 L , the user interface includes ( 1156 ) representations of content available from the respective content provider that have a second set of one or more content ratings, different than the first set of one or more ratings, below the first scroll position in the user interface ( 1162 ). In some embodiments, collections of content items that are specifically marketed towards children are displayed towards the bottom of the user interface, or more generally, content that has a parental/content rating within a second range of content ratings, different than the first range. All of the content with the second set of ratings is optionally displayed below all of the content with the first set of ratings. The above-described manner of presenting the representations of content items with the first set of one or more content ratings above the first scroll position and presenting representations of content items with a second set of one or more content ratings below the first scroll position allows the electronic device to group representations of content items with similar content ratings together in the user interface, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs to browse content items with the desired content rating), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 L , while displaying the user interface, the electronic device  500  receives ( 1164 ), via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a request to display a product page user interface for a given collection of episodic content (e.g., the product page user interface includes additional information about the collection of episodic content, such as episodes, related content, bonus content, how to watch the content, a summary of the content, and the like). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 M , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to display the product page user interface ( 1166 ), the electronic device  500  ceases ( 1168 ) display of the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 N , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to display the product page user interface ( 1166 ), the electronic device  500  displays ( 1170 ), via the display device, the product page user interface for the given collection of episodic content, wherein the product page user interface for the given collection of episodic content includes an episodes region that includes a plurality of representations  1160   a - c  of a plurality of episodes included in the given collection of episodic content (e.g., selectable representations to display the respective episodes). In some embodiments, the representations of the episodes included in the given collection of episodic content are displayed in a horizontally scrollable row in the product page user interface. In some embodiments, the electronic device also displays a row of representations of information about the respective episodes in the collection of content that horizontally scrolls with the row of representations of the episodes. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 N , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to display the product page user interface ( 1166 ), in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device has fully viewed a first set of episodes in the collection of episodic content (e.g., the subset of the episodes that the user has viewed), a first respective representation  1060   a  of a first respective episode, subsequent to the first set of episodes (e.g., the next episode), is displayed at a first position in the episodes region of the product page user interface (e.g., the leftmost position in the section of the episodes row that is initially visible when the user scrolls to the episodes row of the product page user interface), the first respective representation  1060   b  is displayed with a visual indication  1064  that the first respective episode is a current episode for viewing in the given collection of episodic content (e.g., the text “currently watching” is displayed over the representation of the next episode), and representations of the first set of episodes are not displayed in the episodes region ( 1172 ) (e.g., the representations of the first set of episodes are displayed in response to detecting an input to scroll to the left in the episodes row). In some embodiments, representations of one or more episodes after the first respective episode are displayed to the right of the first respective representation of the first respective episode. 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to display the product page user interface ( 1166 ), in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device has fully viewed a second set of episodes in the collection of episodic content (e.g., the subset of the episodes that the user has viewed), a second respective representation of a second respective episode, subsequent to the second set of episodes (e.g., the next episode), is displayed at the first position in the episodes region of the product page user interface (e.g., the leftmost position in the section of the episodes row that is initially visible when the user scrolls to the episodes row of the product page user interface), the second respective representation is displayed with the visual indication that the second respective episode is the current episode for viewing in the given collection of episodic content (e.g., the text “currently watching” is displayed over the representation of the next episode), and representations of the second set of episodes are not displayed in the episodes region ( 1174 ). For example, a representation of a different episode would be displayed in the position of representation  1060   a  in  FIG.  10 N  with the indication  1064  above the representation. In some embodiments, the representations of the second set of episodes are displayed in response to detecting an input to scroll to the left in the episodes row. In some embodiments, representations of one or more episodes after the first respective episode are displayed to the right of the first respective representation of the first respective episode. 
     The above-described manner of displaying the indication of the next episode above the representation of the next episode, and of automatically initially putting the current focus on that next episode when vertically scrolling through the user interface, allows the electronic device to indicate to the user which episode is next while the user views the row of representations of the episode and provides for a quick and efficient way for the user to start playback of the next episode (e.g., simply by selecting the episode with the current focus without having to change the focus first), which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by making it easier for the user to determine the next episode so the user is able to select the representation of the next episode to keep watching the collection of content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 N , while displaying the episodes region of the product page user interface with the first respective representation  1060   a  of the first respective episode displayed in the first position in the episodes region and the representations of the first set of episodes not displayed in the episodes region (e.g., the electronic device displays a representation of the next episode at the start of the row of episodes and does not display the representations of the one or more episodes already watched by the user), and while the first respective representation  1060   a  has the current focus and is displayed with the visual indication  1064  (e.g., the text “currently playing” above the first respective representation), the electronic device  500  receives ( 1176 ), via the one or more input devices, an input ( 1001 ) corresponding to a request to navigate horizontally in the product page user interface (e.g., a request to reveal a representation of an episode that is not currently displayed by the electronic device, such as a leftward scroll to scroll to an off-screen representation to the left of the next episode representation). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 O , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to navigate horizontally in the product page user interface ( 1178 ), the electronic device  500  displays ( 1180 ) the first respective representation  1060   a  in a second position in the episodes region, wherein the first respective representation  1060   a  is displayed with the visual indication  1064  (e.g., in response to an input scrolling to the left to reveal one or more representations of the episodes the user has previously watched, the electronic device moves the representation of the next episode to the right). Optionally, the visual indication moves to be displayed in association with the representation of the next episode. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 O , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to navigate horizontally in the product page user interface ( 1178 ), the electronic device displays ( 1182 ), in the first position in the episodes region, a third respective representation  1060   d  of a third respective episode in the first set of episodes, wherein the third respective representation  1060   d  has the current focus. In response to the input to scroll the episodes row, the electronic device displays (reveals) a representation of an episode the user has already watched at the beginning of the episodes row (e.g., the position in the row that was previously occupied by the next episode representation). 
     The above-described manner of continuing the display the first respective representation with the visual indication allows the electronic device to indicate to the user which episode is next while the user views the row of representations of the episode, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by making it easier for the user to determine the next episode so the user is able to select the representation of the next episode to keep watching the collection of content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS.  11 A- 11 G  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 , and  1300 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  1100  described above with respect to  FIGS.  11 A- 11 G . For example, the ways of presenting representations of content based on the content consumption history of the user account described above with reference to method  1100  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the ways of presenting representations of items of content, presenting representations of auxiliary content, presenting representations of bonus content items, etc., described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 , and  1300 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., a as described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  3 ,  5 A- 5 C  or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to  FIGS.  11 A- 11 G  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . For example, displaying operations  1102 ,  1122 , and  1168  and receiving operations  1116 ,  1128 , and  1144  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . 
     Presenting Representations of Bonus Content Items 
     Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners, including using an electronic device to browse bonus content items associated with a respective series of episodic content. In some embodiments, an electronic device is able to present representations of bonus content items in a user interface for the respective series of episodic content. The embodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic device selects which representations of bonus content items to display and the order in which the representations are to be displayed in the user interface for the respective series of episodic content. Enhancing interactions with a device reduces the amount of time needed by a user to perform operations, and thus reduces the power usage of the device and increases battery life for battery-powered devices. It is understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a user of the device. 
       FIGS.  12 A- 12 CC  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device  500  presents representations of bonus content items in a user interface for a respective series of episodic content in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. The embodiments in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes described with reference to  FIG.  13   . 
       FIGS.  12 A- 12 D  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device  500  displays representations  1226  of bonus content items and representations  1222  of trailers associated with a series of episodic content when the user of the electronic device has not yet watched the series of episodic content and/or is not yet entitled to access the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the representations  1222  and  1226  are displayed within a product page user interface  1202  associated with the series of episodic content. As will be described in more detail below, the product page user interface  1202  optionally includes information about the series of episodic content and selectable options that, when selected, cause the electronic device  500  to initiate a process to access the series of episodic content and bonus content and trailers associated with the series. In some embodiments, the product page user interface is presented in accordance with one or more steps of methods  700 ,  900 , and/or  1100  described above. 
     The series of episodic content is optionally made accessible to a user via a subscription to a subscription service (e.g., a content streaming service, a television provider, etc). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the user is not entitled to access the series of episodic content, the product page user interface  1202  includes one or more selectable options  1210   a  that, when selected, cause the electronic device  500  to initiate a process to entitle the user to access the series (e.g., a process to subscribe to the subscription service). Although the user is not yet entitled to access the series of episodic content, the product page user interface  1202  optionally includes information related to the series of episodic content, which may entice the user to subscribe to the subscription service to gain access to the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, one or more episodes in the series of episodic content are accessible to the user without a subscription, and a subscription is needed to access the remaining episodes in the series and/or some of the bonus content associated with the series. 
       FIG.  12 A  illustrates a product page user interface  1202  associated with a series of episodic content (e.g., “TV Show A”) that the user of the electronic device  500  has not yet watched and is not currently entitled to access. The product page user interface  1202  includes an image  1206   a  related to the series, an indication  1208  of the subscription service that entitles the user to access the series, a selectable option  1210   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate a process to access the series, a selectable option  1212  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate a process to add one or more episodes in the series to a playback queue of the user, and metadata  1214   a  associated with the series. 
     The image  1206   a  is optionally a still image or video content related to the entire series, the entire first season of the series, or the first episode of the series. The selectable option  1210   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate a process to access the series is optionally selectable to initiate a process to subscribe to the service that provides access to the series. In some embodiments, initiating a subscription includes starting a free trial period of the subscription service or initiating a paid subscription to the service. Metadata  1214   a  optionally includes information about the series such as a synopsis of the series, genre, release date, parental guidance rating, audio/video format, accessibility information, runtime of the first episode, and the like. 
     In  FIG.  12 A , selectable option  1210   a  is currently selected (e.g., has the current focus) in the user interface  1202 , as indicated by the dashed box shown around selectable option  1210   a  (which is optionally displayed or not displayed in the user interface). As shown in  FIG.  12 A , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) down to scroll the product page user interface  1202  down. In response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 A , the electronic device  500  scrolls the user interface  1202  as shown in  FIG.  12 B . 
       FIG.  12 B  illustrates a portion of the product page user interface  1202  that includes a row of representations  1216  of episodes in the series and a row of associated descriptions  1218  of each episode. The portion of the product page user interface illustrated in  FIG.  12 B  is similar to the portion of the product page user interface described above with reference to  FIGS.  8 B and  10 N- 10 O . This portion of the product page user interface is optionally displayed in accordance with one or more steps of methods  900  and  1100 . 
     The representations  1216  are selectable to initiate a process to access the respective episode in the series. Because the user of the electronic device  500  is not entitled to access the series of episodic content, selecting a representation  1216  optionally causes the electronic device  500  to initiate a process to subscribe to the subscription service that provides access to the series. In some embodiments, one or more of the episodes are accessible without a subscription and selecting a representation  1216  of one of these episodes causes the electronic device  500  to present the episode. The associated descriptions  1218  are selectable to present an episode page user interface associated with a respective episode, as will be described in more detail below at least with reference to  FIGS.  12 E- 12 F . 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 B , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) down to scroll the product page user interface  1202  down. In response to detecting the user input illustrated in  FIG.  12 B , the electronic device  500  scrolls the product page user interface  1202  down, as shown in  FIG.  12 C . 
       FIG.  12 C  illustrates a portion of the product page user interface  1202  that includes a row  1220  of representations  1222  of trailers associated with the series of episodic content and a row  1224  of bonus content items associated with the series of episodic content. Because the user has not yet watched the series of episodic content, the trailer row  1220  is displayed above the bonus content row  1224 . In some situations, the user of the electronic device  500  may be more likely to want to view trailers associated with the series of episodic content than bonus content associated with the series of episodic content when they have not yet started watching the series. 
     Each representation  1222  of a trailer includes an image corresponding to the trailer and metadata associated with the trailer, including one or more of a respective episode with which the trailer is associated, the title of the trailer, the runtime of the trailer, the release date of the trailer, the parental guidance rating of the trailer, or an indication of the video format of the trailer. For example, representation  1222   a  includes an image, an indication of an episode (e.g., “season 1 episode 6”), a title (e.g., “Episode 6: trailer”), a runtime (e.g., “0:37”), a release date (e.g., “Oct. 25, 2019”), a parental guidance rating (e.g., “TV-14’), and an indication of the video format (e.g., “HD”) of the trailer. Each respective representation  1222  is selectable to access (e.g., play via display  514 ) the respective trailer associated with the respective selected representation. 
     Although the representations  1222  illustrated in  FIG.  12 C  each indicate that the respective trailer is associated with a particular episode of the series of episodic content, in some embodiments, the series of episodic content is associated with one or more trailers associated with the entire series or an entire season of the series of episodic content—in such embodiments, such representations  1222  would optionally be displayed with an indication of the series (e.g., “TV Show A”) or an indication of the season (e.g., “Season 1”) rather than an indication of a particular episode. As shown in  FIG.  12 C , the representations  1222  of the trailers are displayed in reverse-chronological order based on the release date of the trailers. The representations  1222  of the trailers are optionally displayed in reverse chronological order irrespective of whether or not the user has watched the series of episodic content, whether or not the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content, the playback position of the user within the series of episodic content, and/or the association of each trailer with a particular episode, a particular season, or the entire series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the trailer row  1220  is horizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations of trailers not displayed prior to receiving the scrolling input. 
     Each representation  1226  of a bonus content item includes an image corresponding to the bonus content item and metadata associated with the bonus content item, including one or more of a respective episode or season with which the bonus content item is associated, the title of the bonus content item, the runtime of the bonus content item, the release date of the bonus content item, the parental guidance rating of the bonus content item, or an indication of the video format of the bonus content item. For example, representation  1226   a  includes an image, an indication that the bonus content item is associated with the first season of the series (e.g., “season 1”), a title (e.g., “An interview with . . . ”), a runtime (e.g., “5:21”), a release date (e.g., “Oct. 10, 2019”), a parental guidance rating (e.g., “TV-14’), and an indication of the video format (e.g., “HD”) of the bonus content item. Each respective representation  1226  is selectable to access (e.g., play via display  514 ) the respective bonus content item associated with the respective selected representation. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 C , some bonus content items are associated with particular seasons of the episodic content (e.g., the bonus content items corresponding to representations  1226   a  and  1226   b ) and some bonus content items are associated with particular episodes of the series of episodic content (e.g., the bonus content items corresponding to representations  1226   c  and  1226   d ). As shown in  FIG.  12 C , the representations  1226   a  and  1226   b  of the bonus content items associated with the entire season of episodic content are displayed before (e.g., to the left of) the representations  1226   c  and  1226   d  of bonus content items associated with a respective episode of the series of episodic content, because the user has not yet watched the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the bonus content row  1224  is horizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations of bonus content items not displayed prior to receiving the scrolling input. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 C , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) up to scroll the product page user interface  1202  up. In response to one or more user inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 C , the electronic device  500  scrolls the product page user interface up, as shown in  FIG.  12 D . As shown in  FIG.  12 D , the user selects (e.g., with contact  1203 ) the associated description  1218  of the first episode of the series of episodic content. 
     In response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 D , the electronic device  500  presents an episode page user interface  1204  illustrated in  FIG.  12 E .  FIGS.  12 E- 12 F  illustrate ways in which the electronic device  500  displays representations of bonus content items in an episode page user interface when the user is not entitled to access the series of episodic content and has not yet watched the series of episodic content, in accordance with some embodiments. 
       FIG.  12 E  illustrates an episode page user interface  1204  for the first episode of the series of episodic content. The episode page user interface  1204  is similar to the episode page user interface described above with reference to  FIGS.  10 P- 10 Q . In some embodiments, the episode page user interface is displayed in accordance with one or more steps of method  1100 . The episode page user interface  1204  includes an image  1228   a  corresponding to the first episode, an indication  1230   a  of the service that provides access to the series of episodic content, a selectable option  1232   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate a process to access the episode, and information  1234   a  about the episode. 
     The image  1228   a  optionally includes a still image and/or video content corresponding to the first episode. The selectable option  1232   a  optionally causes the electronic device to initiate a process to subscribe to the subscription service that provides the series of episodic content in response to detection of selection of the option  1232   a , because the user is not yet subscribed to the subscription service. In some embodiments, the process to subscribe to the subscription service includes initiating a free trial subscription or configuring a paid subscription to the service. Information  1234   a  optionally includes a synopsis of the episode, a runtime of the episode, parental guidance rating, audio/video format, accessibility information, release date, and the like. 
       FIGS.  12 E- 12 F  illustrate an episode page user interface  1204  that includes representations of bonus content items in accordance with some embodiments. As shown in  FIG.  12 E , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) down to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the user interface  1204  down. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 E , the electronic device  500  scrolls the episode page user interface  1204  down as shown in  FIG.  12 F . 
       FIG.  12 F  illustrates a portion of the episode page user interface  1204  that includes a row  1236  of representations  1226  of bonus content items associated with the first episode of the series of episodic content and an indication  1238  of how to access the episode. 
     The representations  1226  of bonus content items are displayed with the representations  1226   c  and  1226   d  of bonus content items related only to the first episode first in the bonus content row  1236 , followed by representations  1226   a  and  1226   b  of bonus content items related to the entire season that includes the first episode. The representations  1226  are described in more detail above with reference to  FIG.  12 C . As shown in  FIG.  12 F , the episode page user interface does not include representations of bonus content items related only to episodes other than the first episode. 
     The episode page user interface  1204  further includes an indication  1238  of how to watch the episode. The episode is available through the “TV+” streaming service, so the product page user interface includes a representation  1238  of the streaming service that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate a process to subscribe to the streaming service (e.g., starting a free trial or initiating a paid subscription). 
     Thus,  FIGS.  12 A- 12 F  illustrate ways the electronic device  500  presents representations of bonus content items when the user has not started watching the series of episodic content and/or is not entitled to the service that provides access to the series in accordance with some embodiments. 
       FIGS.  12 G- 12 L  illustrate ways the electronic device  500  presents representations of bonus content items when the user is entitled to the service that provides access to the series of episodic content but has not watched the series of episodic content.  FIGS.  12 G- 12 J  illustrate a product page user interface  1202  for the series of content when the user is entitled to the service that provides access to the series of content but has not yet watched the series of content. 
       FIG.  12 G  illustrates a portion of the product page user interface  1202  that is the same portion of the product page user interface  1202  as the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 A , except for the differences that will now be described. The product page user interface  1202  includes a selectable option  1210   b  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate playback (e.g., via display  514 ) of the first episode in the series of episodic content without initiating a process to subscribe to the service that provides access to the series, because the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content and has not yet started watching the series. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 G , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) down to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the product page user interface  1202  down. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 G , the electronic device  500  presents the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 H . 
     The portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 H  is the same portion of the product page user interface  1202  as the portion of the product page user interface  1202  described above with reference to  FIG.  12 B , except for the differences noted here. Because the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content, in response to detecting selection of one of the representations  1216  of episodes in the series of episodic content, the electronic device  500  initiates a process to play (e.g., via display  514 ) the respective episode without initiating a process to subscribe to the service that provides access to the series of episodic content. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 H , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) down to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the product page user interface  1202  down. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 H , the electronic device  500  presents the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 I . 
       FIG.  12 I  illustrates a portion of the product page user interface  1202  that includes the trailer row  1220  and the bonus content row  1224 . The portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 I  is the same portion of the product page user interface  1202  as the portion of the product page user interface illustrated in  FIG.  12 C . Because the user has not watched the series of episodic content, the representations  1222  of trailers and the representations  1226  of bonus content items are displayed in the same arrangement as the arrangement illustrated in  FIG.  12 C . 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 I , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) up to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the product page user interface  1202  up. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 I , the electronic device  500  presents the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 J .  FIG.  12 J  illustrates the same portion of the product page user interface  1202  as the portion of the product page user interface  1202  described above with reference to  FIG.  12 H . 
     Thus,  FIGS.  12 G- 12 J  illustrate a product page user interface  1202  for the series of content when the user is entitled to the service that provides access to the series of content but has not yet watched the series of content. As shown in  FIG.  12 J , the user selects (e.g., with contact  1203 ) an associated description  1218  of the first episode in the series of episodic content. In response to one or more inputs including the selection illustrated in  FIG.  12 J , the electronic device  500  presents the episode page user interface  1204  illustrated in  FIG.  12 K . 
       FIGS.  12 K- 12 L  illustrate an episode page user interface  1204  when the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content but hasn&#39;t started watching the series of episodic content. The episode page user interface  1204  illustrated in  FIGS.  12 K- 12 L  is similar to the episode page user interface described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 E- 12 F .  FIG.  12 K  illustrates a portion of the episode page user interface  1204  that is the same portion of the episode page user interface  1204  as the portion of the episode page  1204  described above with reference to  FIG.  12 E  except for the differences described here. As shown in  FIG.  12 K , the episode page user interface  1204  includes a selectable option  1232   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate a process to play the first episode without initiating a process to subscribe to the subscription service that provides access to the series of episodic content, even if the first episode is not a free episode, because the user is already subscribed to the subscription service. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 K , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) down to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the episode page user interface  1204  down. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 K , the electronic device  500  presents the portion of the episode page user interface  1204  illustrated in  FIG.  12 L . 
     The portion of the episode page user interface  1204  illustrated in  FIG.  12 L  is the same portion of the episode page user interface  1204  as the portion of the episode page user interface  1204  described above with reference to  FIG.  12 F , except for the differences noted here. The indication  1238  of how to watch the first episode is selectable to initiate a process to play the first episode without initiating a process to subscribe to the subscription service that provides access to the series of episodic content, because the user is already subscribed to the subscription service. 
     Thus,  FIGS.  12 K- 12 L  illustrate the episode page user interface  1204  while the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content but has not yet watched the series of episodic content, and  FIGS.  12 G- 12 L  illustrate ways the electronic device  500  presents representations of bonus content items when the user is entitled to the service that provides access to the series of episodic content but has not watched the series of episodic content. 
       FIGS.  12 M- 12 X  illustrate ways the electronic device  500  displays indications of bonus content items and trailers when the user has started watching the series of episodic content (and is, thus, also entitled to access the series of episodic content).  FIGS.  12 M- 12 P  illustrate the product page user interface  1202  when the user has started watching the series of episodic content and the playback position corresponds to the second episode in the series of episodic content. 
       FIG.  12 M  illustrates a portion of the product page user interface  1202  that is the same portion of the product page user interface  1202  as the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIGS.  12 A and  12 G , except for the differences that will now be described. The product page user interface  1202  includes a selectable option  1210   c  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate playback of the second episode in the series of episodic content without initiating a process to subscribe to the service that provides access to the series, because the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content and has started watching the series. The electronic device displays the selectable option  1210   c  to play the second episode in the series of episodic content because the user has already watched the first episode in the series and the second episode is the next episode in the series. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 M , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) down to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the product page user interface  1202  down. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 M , the electronic device  500  presents the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 N . 
     The portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 N  is the same portion of the product page user interface  1202  as the portion of the product page user interface  1202  described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 B and  12 H , except for the differences noted here. Because the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content, in response to detecting selection of one of the representations  1216  of episodes in the series of episodic content, the electronic device  500  initiates a process to play the respective episode without initiating a process to subscribe to the service that provides access to the series of episodic content. Moreover, the row  1216  of representations of episodes and the row  1218  of associated episode descriptions starts with a representation and associated description of the second episode in the series of episodic content, because the second episode is the next episode in the series after the first episode, which was previously watched by the user. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 N , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) down to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the product page user interface  1202  down. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 N , the electronic device  500  presents the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 O . 
       FIG.  12 O  illustrates a portion of the product page user interface  1202  that includes the bonus content row  1224  and the trailer row  1220 . The portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 O  corresponds to the portion of the product page user interface illustrated in  FIGS.  12 C and  12 I . Because the user has watched at least part of the series of episodic content (e.g., the user has watched the first episode), the representations  1226  of bonus content items are displayed above the representations  1220  of trailers. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 O , the bonus content row includes representations  1226   e  and  1226   f  of bonus content related to the episode associated with the user&#39;s current playback position within the series (e.g., the second episode) and representations  1226   a  and  1226   b  of bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content. The representations  1226   e  and  1226   f  of the episode-specific bonus content items are displayed before the representations  1226   a  and  1226   b  of bonus content items related to the entire series. Although one of the representations  1226   e  is for a bonus content item associated with the first episode, the representations  1226   e  is displayed while the user&#39;s playback position is associated with the second episode because the bonus content item associated with the representation  1226   e  contains spoilers for the first episode (and, thus, should optionally not be viewed until the user has finished the first episode). The bonus content row  1224  does not include representations of bonus content items related to the first episode that do not include spoilers or representations of bonus content items related to other episodes other than the second episode because the playback position corresponds to the second episode. In some embodiments, rather than forgoing displaying the representations of bonus content items related to the previously-played first episode, the electronic device displays the representations of the bonus content items related to the first episode at the end of the bonus content row  1224 . 
     As described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 C and  12 I  and as shown in  FIG.  12 O , the representations  1220   a - d  of trailers are sorted based on release date of the trailers in reverse-chronological order. In some embodiments, rows  1224  and  1220  are horizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations  1226  or  1220 , respectively, not displayed prior to receiving the scrolling input. In some embodiments, representations  1226  and  1220  are selectable to display the associated bonus content item or trailer, respectively. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 O , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) up to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the product page user interface  1202  up. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 O , the electronic device  500  presents the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 P .  FIG.  12 P  illustrates the same portion of the product page user interface  1202  as the portion of the product page user interface  1202  described above with reference to  FIG.  12 N . 
     Thus,  FIGS.  12 M- 12 P  illustrate a product page user interface  1202  for the series of content when the user is entitled to the service that provides access to the series of content and has watched at least a portion of the series of content, and the current playback position corresponds to the second episode in the series of episodic content. As shown in  FIG.  12 P , the user selects (e.g., with contact  1203 ) an associated description  1218  of the second episode in the series of episodic content. In response to one or more inputs including the selection illustrated in  FIG.  12 P , the electronic device  500  presents the episode page user interface  1204  illustrated in  FIG.  12 Q . 
       FIGS.  12 Q- 12 R  illustrate an episode page user interface  1204  when the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content and has watched at least a portion of the series of episodic content.  FIG.  12 Q  illustrates a portion of the episode page user interface  1204  that is the same portion of the episode page user interface  1204  as the portion of the episode page  1204  described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 E and  12 K  except for the differences described here. As shown in  FIG.  12 Q , the episode page user interface  1204  includes a selectable option  1232   b  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate a process to play the second episode without initiating a process to subscribe to the subscription service that provides access to the series of episodic content, even if the second episode is not a free episode, because the user is already subscribed to the subscription service. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 Q , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) down to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the episode page user interface  1204  down. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 Q , the electronic device  500  presents the portion of the episode page user interface  1204  illustrated in  FIG.  12 R . 
     The portion of the episode page user interface  1204  illustrated in  FIG.  12 R  is the same portion of the episode page user interface  1204  as the portion of the episode page user interface  1204  described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 F and  12 L , except for the differences noted here. The indication  1238  of how to watch the second episode is selectable to initiate a process to play the first episode without initiating a process to subscribe to the subscription service that provides access to the series of episodic content because the user is already subscribed to the subscription service. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 R , the episode page user interface  1204  includes a row  1236  of representations  1226  of bonus content items, including representations  1226   e  and  1226   f  of bonus content items related to the first and second episodes, respectively, and representations  1226   a  and  1226   b  of bonus content items related to the whole series. The bonus content row  1236  included in the episode page user interface  1204  includes the same representations  1226  in the same order as the representations  1226  in the bonus content row  1224  illustrated in  FIG.  12 O . As described above with reference to  FIG.  12 O , representation  1226   e  is associated with a bonus content item associated with the first episode that contains a spoiler of the first episode. Thus, representation  1226   e  is displayed on the episode page for the second episode. 
     Thus,  FIGS.  12 Q- 12 R  illustrate the episode page user interface  1202  when the user has started watching the series of episodic content. 
     In some embodiments, as the user continues to watch the series of episodic content, the product page user interface  1202  is updated in accordance with the user&#39;s playback position within the series of episodic content. For example, the product page  1202  is updated to include representations of bonus content items associated with the episode corresponding to the user&#39;s current playback position within the series.  FIGS.  12 S- 12 V  illustrate the product page user interface  1202  when the user has started watching the series of episodic content and the playback position corresponds to the third episode in the series of episodic content. 
       FIG.  12 S  illustrates a portion of the product page user interface  1202  that is the same portion of the product page user interface  1202  as the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIGS.  12 A   12 G, and  12 M except for the differences that will now be described. The product page user interface  1202  includes a selectable option  1210   d  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate playback of the third episode in the series of episodic content without initiating a process to subscribe to the service that provides access to the series, because the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content and has started watching the series. The electronic device displays the selectable option  1210   d  to play the third episode in the series of episodic content because the user has already watched the second episode in the series and the third episode is the next episode in the series. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 S , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) down to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the product page user interface  1202  down. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 S , the electronic device  500  presents the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 T . 
     The portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 T  is the same portion of the product page user interface  1202  as the portion of the product page user interface  1202  described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 B,  12 H, and  12 N  except for the differences noted here. Because the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content, in response to detecting selection of one of the representations  1216  of episodes in the series of episodic content, the electronic device  500  initiates a process to play the respective episode without initiating a process to subscribe to the service that provides access to the series of episodic content. Moreover, the row  1216  of representations of episodes and the row  1218  of associated episode descriptions starts with a representation and associated description of the third episode in the series of episodic content because the third episode is the next episode in the series after the second episode, which was previously watched by the user. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 T , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) down to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the product page user interface  1202  down. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 T , the electronic device  500  presents the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 U . 
       FIG.  12 U  illustrates a portion of the product page user interface  1202  that includes the bonus content row  1224  and the trailer row  1220 . The portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 U  is the same portion of the product page user interface  1202  as the portion of the product page user interface illustrated in  FIGS.  12 C,  12 I, and  12 O . Because the user has watched at least part of the series of episodic content (e.g., the user has watched the first and second episodes), the representations  1226  of bonus content items are displayed above the representations  1220  of trailers. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 U , the bonus content row includes representations  1226   g  and  1226   h  of bonus content items related to the episode associated with the user&#39;s current playback position within the series (e.g., the third episode) and representations  1226   a  and  1226   b  of bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content. The representations  1226   g  and  1226   h  of the episode-specific bonus content items are displayed before the representations  1226   a  and  1226   b  of bonus content items related to the entire series. Although one of the representations  1226   g  is associated with a bonus content item associated with the second episode, the representation  1226   g  is displayed while the user&#39;s playback position is associated with the third episode because the bonus content item associated with the representation  1226   g  contains spoilers for the second episode. As shown in  FIG.  12 O , when the playback position of the user corresponded to the second episode, the representation  1226   g  was not displayed in the product page user interface  1202  because the bonus content item associated with the representation  1226   g  includes a spoiler for the second episode. The bonus content row  1224  does not include representations of bonus content items related to the first episode that do not include spoilers or representations of bonus content items related to any other episodes in the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, rather than forgoing displaying the representations of bonus content items related to the previously-played first and second episodes, the electronic device displays the representations of the bonus content items related to the first and second episodes at the end of the bonus content row  1224 . 
     As described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 C,  12 I, and  12 O  and as shown in  FIG.  12 U , the representations  1220   a ,  1220   b ,  1220   e , and  1220   f  of trailers are sorted based on release date of the trailers in reverse-chronological order. In some embodiments, rows  1224  and  1220  are horizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations  1226  or  1220 , respectively, not displayed prior to receiving the scrolling input. In some embodiments, representations  1226  and  1220  are selectable to display the associated bonus content item or trailer, respectively. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 U , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) up to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the product page user interface  1202  up. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 U , the electronic device  500  presents the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 V .  FIG.  12 V  illustrates the same portion of the product page user interface  1202  as the portion of the product page user interface  1202  described above with reference to  FIG.  12 T . 
     Thus,  FIGS.  12 S- 12 V  illustrate a product page user interface  1202  for the series of content when the user is entitled to the service that provides access to the series of content and has watched at least a portion of the series of content, and the current playback position corresponds to the third episode in the series of episodic content. As shown in  FIG.  12 V , the user selects (e.g., with contact  1203 ) an associated description  1218  of the third episode in the series of episodic content. In response to one or more inputs including the selection illustrated in  FIG.  12 V , the electronic device  500  presents the episode page user interface  1204  illustrated in  FIG.  12 W . 
       FIGS.  12 W- 12 X  illustrate an episode page user interface  1204  when the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content and has watched at least a portion of the series of episodic content.  FIG.  12 W  illustrates a portion of the episode page user interface  1204  that is the same portion of the episode page user interface  1204  as the portion of the episode page  1204  described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 E,  12 K, and  12 Q  except for the differences described here. As shown in  FIG.  12 Q , the episode page user interface  1204  includes a selectable option  1232   c  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate a process to play the third episode without initiating a process to subscribe to the subscription service that provides access to the series of episodic content, even if the third episode is not a free episode, because the user is already subscribed to the subscription service. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 W , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) down to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the episode page user interface  1204  down. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 W , the electronic device  500  presents the portion of the episode page user interface  1204  illustrated in  FIG.  12 X . 
     The portion of the episode page user interface  1204  illustrated in  FIG.  12 X  is the same portion of the episode page user interface  1204  as the portion of the episode page user interface  1204  described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 F,  12 L, and  12 R  except for the differences noted here. The indication  1238  of how to watch the third episode is selectable to initiate a process to play the third episode without initiating a process to subscribe to the subscription service that provides access to the series of episodic content, because the user is already subscribed to the subscription service. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 X , the episode page user interface  1204  includes a row  1236  of representations  1226  of bonus content items, including representations  1226   g  and  1226   h  of bonus content items related to the second and third episodes, respectively, and representations  1226   a  and  1226   b  of bonus content items related to the whole series. As described above with reference to  FIG.  12 U , representation  1226   g  is associated with a bonus content item associated with the second episode that contains a spoiler of the second episode. Thus, representation  1226   g  is displayed on the episode page for the third episode. Moreover, the episode page user interface  1204  of the second episode illustrated in  FIGS.  12 Q- 12 R  does not include representation  1226   g  because the bonus content item associated with representation  1226   g  contains a spoiler for the second episode. In some embodiments in which representation  1226   g  does not include a spoiler for the second episode, it would not be displayed in user interface  1204  in  FIG.  12 X , but instead would be displayed in user interface  1204  shown in  FIGS.  12 Q- 12 R . Returning to  FIG.  12 X , the bonus content row  1224  does not include representations of bonus content items related to the second episode that do not include spoilers or representations of bonus content items related to any other episodes in the series of episodic content. 
     Thus,  FIGS.  12 W- 12 X  illustrate the episode page user interface  1204  when the user has started watching the series of episodic content and  FIGS.  12 M- 12 X  illustrate ways the electronic device  500  displays indications of bonus content items and trailers when the user has started watching the series of episodic content. 
       FIGS.  12 Y- 12 CC  illustrate ways in which the electronic device  500  displays the product page user interface  1202  after the user has finished watching the series of episodic content. 
       FIG.  12 Y  illustrates a portion of the product page user interface  1202  that is the same portion of the product page user interface  1202  as the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIGS.  12 A   12 G,  12 M, and  12 S except for the differences that will now be described. The product page user interface  1202  includes a selectable option  1210   e  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate playback of the first episode in the series of episodic content without initiating a process to subscribe to the service that provides access to the series, because the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content and has already watched the entire series. Thus, the user is able to start watching the series again from the beginning by selecting the option  1210   e.    
     As shown in  FIG.  12 Y , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) down to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the product page user interface  1202  down. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 Y , the electronic device  500  presents the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 Z . 
     The portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 Z  is the same portion of the product page user interface  1202  as the portion of the product page user interface  1202  described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 B,  12 H,  12 N, and  12 T  except for the differences noted here. Because the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content, in response to detecting selection of one of the representations  1216  of episodes in the series of episodic content, the electronic device  500  initiates a process to play the respective episode without initiating a process to subscribe to the service that provides access to the series of episodic content. Moreover, the row  1216  of representations of episodes and the row  1218  of associated episode descriptions starts with a representation and associated description of the first episode in the series of episodic content because the user has finished watching the series of episodic content. Thus, the user is able to start watching the series again from the beginning by selecting the representation  1216  of the first episode. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 Z , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) down to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the product page user interface  1202  down. In response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 Z , the electronic device  500  presents the portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 AA . 
       FIG.  12 AA  illustrates a portion of the product page user interface  1202  that includes the bonus content row  1224  and the trailer row  1220  when the time since the user finished watching the series of episodic content is less than a predetermined threshold (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 months). The portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 AA  is the same portion of the product page user interface  1202  as the portion of the product page user interface illustrated in  FIGS.  12 C,  12 I,  12 O, and  12 U . Because the user has watched at least part of the series of episodic content (e.g., the user has watched the entire series), the representations  1226  of bonus content items are displayed above the representations  1220  of trailers. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 AA , the bonus content row includes a representation  1226   j  of a bonus content item related to the episode associated with the user&#39;s current playback position within the series (e.g., the eighth episode) and representations  1226   a  and  1226   b  of bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content. The representation  1226   j  of the episode-specific bonus content item is displayed before the representations  1226   a  and  1226   b  of bonus content items related to the entire series. The representations  1226  of bonus content items are displayed in the order shown in  FIG.  12 AA  (e.g., the representation  1226   j  of the bonus content item related to the eighth episode is displayed before the representations  1226   c - 1226   d  of bonus content items related to the entire series) because the time since the user finished watching the series of episodic content is less than a predetermined threshold (e.g., 3, 4, 5, or 6 months). The bonus content row  1224  does not include representations of bonus content items associated only with individual episodes other than the eighth episode because the playback position corresponds to the eighth episode. In some embodiments, rather than forgoing displaying the representations of bonus content items related to the previously-played episodes, the electronic device displays the representations of the bonus content items related to the other episodes at the end of the bonus content row  1224 . 
     As described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 C,  12 I,  12 O, and  12 U  and as shown in  FIG.  12 AA , the representations  1220   a ,  1220   b ,  1220   e , and  1220   f  of trailers are sorted based on release date of the trailers in reverse-chronological order. In some embodiments, rows  1224  and  1220  are horizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations  1226  or  1220 , respectively, not displayed prior to receiving the scrolling input. In some embodiments, representations  1226  and  1220  are selectable to display the associated bonus content item or trailer, respectively. 
       FIG.  12 BB  illustrates a portion of the product page user interface  1202  that includes the bonus content row  1224  and the trailer row  1220  when the time since the user finished watching the series of episodic content is greater than a predetermined threshold (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 months). The portion of the product page user interface  1202  illustrated in  FIG.  12 BB  is the same portion as the portion of the product page user interface illustrated in  FIGS.  12 C,  12 I,  12 O,  12 U, and  12 AA . Because the user has watched at least part of the series of episodic content (e.g., the user has watched the entire series), the representations  1226  of bonus content items are displayed above the representations  1220  of trailers. In some embodiments, however, once the user has watched the entire series of episodic content, this portion of the product page user interface  1202  resets to the arrangement presented while the user has not yet watched the series, such as the arrangement illustrated in  FIG.  12 C . In other words, in some embodiments, after the threshold time (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 months) has passed since the user has finished watching the series of episodic content, the electronic device  500  displays the trailer row  1220  above the bonus content row  1224 . 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 BB , the bonus content row includes representations  1226   c  and  1226   d  of bonus content items related to individual episodes of the series and representations  1226   a  and  1226   b  of bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content. The representations  1226   a  and  1226   b  of bonus content items related to the entire series are displayed before the representations  1226   c  and  1226   d  of the episode-specific bonus content items. The representations  1226   c  and  1226   d  of episode-specific bonus content items are displayed based on release date of the bonus content items in chronological order. The representations  1226  of bonus content items are displayed in the order shown in  FIG.  12 BB  because more than the threshold period of time has passed since the user finished the series of episodic content. 
     As described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 C,  12 I,  12 O,  12 U,  12 AA  and as shown in  FIG.  12 BB , the representations  1220   a ,  1220   b ,  1220   e , and  1220   f  of trailers are sorted based on release date of the trailers in reverse-chronological order. In some embodiments, rows  1224  and  1220  are horizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations  1226  or  1220 , respectively, not displayed prior to receiving the scrolling input. In some embodiments, representations  1226  and  1220  are selectable to display the associated bonus content item or trailer, respectively. 
     As shown in  FIG.  12 BB , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  1203 ) to the right to cause the electronic device  500  to scroll the row  1224  of representations  1226  of bonus content items. As shown in  FIG.  12 CC , in response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 BB , the electronic device  500  ceases displaying representations  1226   a  and  1226   b  on the left side of row  1224 , shifts representations  1226   c  and  1226   d  to the left, and displays representations  1226   e  and  1226   f  on the right side of row  1224 . Thus, after the threshold period of time (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 months) has passed since the user has finished watching the series of episodic content, representations of all bonus content items for the series of episodic content are displayed in the product page user interface  1202 . 
     Thus,  FIGS.  12 Y- 12 CC  illustrate ways in which the electronic device  500  displays the product page user interface  1202  after the user has finished watching the series of episodic content. 
       FIG.  13    is a flow diagram illustrating a method  1300  of presenting representations of bonus content items in a user interface for a respective series of episodic content in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. The method  1300  is optionally performed at an electronic device such as device  100 , device  300 , device  500 , device  501 , device  510 , and device  511  as described above with reference to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  2 - 3 ,  4 A- 4 B and  5 A- 5 C . Some operations in method  1300  are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  1300  provides ways to present representations of bonus content items for a respective series of episodic content. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of the user&#39;s interaction with the user interface conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, method  1300  is performed at an electronic device  500  in communication with a display device and one or more input devices (e.g., a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player, or a wearable device) including a touch screen, a computer including one or more of a keyboard, mouse, trackpad, and display/touch screen, or a set-top box in communication with a display device and a remote control device). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 A , the electronic device receives ( 1302 ), via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g., contact  1203 ) corresponding to a request to display a user interface  1202  for a respective series of episodic content. For example, in response to detecting selection of a representation of the respective series of episodic content, the electronic device displays the user interface for the respective series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the user interface includes various information about the series of episodic content and one or more selectable options that, when selected, cause the electronic device to initiate playback of the series of episodic content. Optionally, in accordance with a determination that the user is entitled to the series of episodic content (e.g., the user is subscribed to a channel, streaming service, or other provider that provides the series of episodic content, or the user has purchased the series of episodic content), the user interface includes one or more selectable options that, when selected, cause the electronic device to play the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the user is not entitled to the series of episodic content (e.g., the user is not subscribed to the channel, streaming service, or other content provider that provides access to the series of episodic content), the user interface includes one or more selectable options that, when selected, cause the electronic device to initiate a process to subscribe to one of the providers of the episodic content and/or purchase the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the user interface includes representations of the episodes in the respective series of episodic content, a synopsis of each episode and/or of the series as a whole, information about the cast and crew of the series of episodic content, representations of trailers and/or bonus content associated with the series of episodic content, and the like. The user interface can be displayed in accordance with one or more steps of processes  700 ,  900 , and/or  1100 , described above with reference to  FIGS.  6 A- 11 G . 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input (e.g., contact  1203  illustrated in  FIG.  12 A ) corresponding to the request to display the user interface  1202  for the respective series of episodic content, the electronic device  500  displays ( 1304 ), via the display device  514 , the user interface  1202  for the respective series of episodic content, wherein the respective series of episodic content is associated with a first bonus content item associated with a first episode, but not a second episode, of the series of episodic content and a second bonus content item associated with the second episode, but not the first episode, of the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, bonus content includes one or more of behind-the-scenes footage related to the series of episodic content, deleted scenes of the series of episodic content, interviews with cast and crew of the episodic content, and other content related to the series of episodic content. The bonus content optionally includes video content, images, text, audio recordings, or other media. In some embodiments, bonus content is associated with a particular episode of the series of episodic content. For example, a video interview with a director about the making of the first episode of the series of episodic content is associated with the first episode. As another example, a recap of all of the episodes prior to the season finale episode of the series of episodic content is associated with the season finale episode of the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, some of the bonus content is associated with the series of episodic content as a whole or an entire season of the episodic content. For example, behind-the-scenes footage of the location at which a respective season of the series of episodic content that does not include spoilers for any episodes within the respective season is associated with the respective season of the series of episodic content. More generally, in some embodiments, bonus content that relates to the entire series of episodic content without including spoilers for any episodes of the series of episodic content is associated with the entire series of episodic content. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a user of the electronic device has not watched the series of episodic content, the user interface includes representations  1226   c  and  1226   f  of the first and second bonus content items that are selectable to access the first and second bonus content items, respectively, such as in  FIG.  12 CC  ( 1306 ). Optionally, the user interface includes selectable representations of all of the bonus content items associated with the series of episodic content, including representations of bonus content associated with the entire series or season and bonus content associated with individual episodes in the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the selectable representations of all of the bonus content are displayed on the product page regardless of whether or not the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content. For example, if the user is not subscribed to the channel, streaming service, or other provider that provides the series of episodic content (or has not otherwise purchased the series of episodic content), the user interface for the series of episodic content includes selectable representations of all of the items of bonus content associated with the series of episodic content and selecting a representation first initiates a process to subscribe to the content provider before playing the bonus content. As another example, if the user is subscribed to the provider of the series of episodic content (or has otherwise purchased access to the series of episodic content), the user interface for the series of episodic content includes selectable representations of all of the bonus content associated with the series of episodic content and selecting a representation of a respective item of bonus content causes the electronic device to play the respective item of bonus content. In some embodiments, each selectable representation of an item of bonus content includes text (e.g., a title of the bonus content and other information such as date of publication, parental guidance rating, image quality, and duration) and/or an image (e.g., a frame of the bonus content or another image representing the bonus content) representing the bonus content. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 AA , in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has watched at least a portion of the series of episodic content and that a current playback position of the user in the series of episodic content corresponds to the first episode, the user interface includes the representation  1226   j  of the first bonus content item that is selectable to access the first bonus content item, and the user interface does not include the representation of the second bonus content item ( 1308 ). If the user has watched one or more episodes of the series of episodic content, the user interface includes selectable representations of the bonus content related to the episode the user is currently watching and optionally selectable representations of bonus content related to the entire series or an entire season of the series of episodic content, without including representations of bonus content related only to other episodes in the series. If, for example, the user has finished watching a respective episode in the series, the playback position is associated either with the episode the user just finished or the next episode in the series. For example, if the user&#39;s current playback position is the second episode in the series of episodic content, the user interface for the series includes bonus content associated with the second episode (if any) and optionally bonus content associated with the series (or season) as a whole (if any), but does not include bonus content associated only with the first, third, fourth, etc. episodes. Once the user&#39;s current playback position switches from the second episode to the third episode, the user interface for the series optionally would include bonus content associated with the third episode (if any) and optionally bonus content associated with the series (or season) as a whole (if any), but optionally would not include bonus content associated only with the first, second, fourth, etc. episodes. 
     The above-described manner of displaying representations of the first and second bonus content items in accordance with a determination that the user has not watched the series of episodic content enables the electronic device to inform the user of the quantity of bonus content associated with the respective series of episodic content which could entice the user to watch the series of episodic content and displaying the representation of the first bonus content item without displaying the representation of the second bonus content item in accordance with a determination that the current playback position corresponds to the first episode reduces the number of representations of bonus content that are not currently relevant to the user that are included in the product page which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view representations of bonus content that are currently relevant to the user based on the current playback position within the series of episodic content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 O , in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device has watched at least the portion of the series of episodic content and that the current playback position of the user in the series of episodic content corresponds to the second episode (e.g., the user has started watching the second episode or has finished the episode prior to the second episode but not yet started watching the second episode), the user interface  1202  includes the representation  1226   f  of the second bonus content item that is selectable to access the second bonus content item, and the user interface does not include the representation of the first bonus content item. The electronic device optionally displays representations of the bonus content items associated with the second episode because the playback position of the user in the series of episodic content corresponds to the second episode. In some embodiments, the electronic device also displays representations of bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content in addition to representations of bonus content items related only to the second episode in the series of episodic content. Generally speaking, in accordance with the determination that the user has watched at least the portion of the series of episodic content, the user interface for the respective series of episodic content optionally includes representations of bonus content items associated with the respective episode that corresponds to the user&#39;s playback position in the series of episodic content. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 O , in accordance with a determination that the user has watched at least the portion of the series of episodic content and that a current playback position of the user in the series of episodic content corresponds to the second episode (e.g., the user has started watching the second episode or has finished the episode prior to the second episode but not yet started watching the second episode), in accordance with a determination that the second bonus content item contains a spoiler for the second episode (e.g., the second bonus content item includes content that reveals information not known to the viewer until watching the second episode), the user interface does not include the representation  1226   g , shown in  FIG.  12 U , of the second bonus content item. In some embodiments, the user interface optionally includes representations of one or more other bonus content items associated with the second episode that do not contain spoilers for the second episode because the one or more other bonus content items do not include spoilers. Optionally, once the playback position of the user in the series of episodic content changes from being associated with the second episode to being associated with the episode immediately after the second episode, the representation of the second bonus content item is displayed in the user interface and the representations of the one or more other bonus content items associated with the second episode that do not contain spoilers are no longer displayed in the user interface for the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the representation of the second bonus content item is displayed concurrently with representations of bonus content items associated with the episode immediately after the second episode. Once the playback position advances to the next episode immediately after the episode that is immediately after the second episode, the representation of the second bonus content item optionally ceases to be displayed. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the user has watched at least the portion of the series of episodic content and that a current playback position of the user in the series of episodic content corresponds to the second episode, in accordance with the determination that the second bonus content item does not contain a spoiler for the second episode (e.g., the second bonus content item does not include content that reveals information not known to the viewer until watching the second episode), the user interface includes the representation of the second bonus content item. In some embodiments, the representation of the second bonus content item is displayed in the user interface for the series of episodic content while the playback position corresponds to the second episode because the second bonus content item does not contain a spoiler for the second episode. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 U , the user interface  1202  for the respective series of episodic content includes a representation  1226   c  of a third bonus content item that is a type of bonus content different from a type of bonus content of the first bonus content item and the second bonus content item. In some embodiments, the type of bonus content of the third bonus content item is a type that is associated with an entire season of the series or the entire series of episodic content and the type of bonus content of the first and second bonus content items is a type of bonus content that is associated with individual episodes of the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the representation of the third bonus content item is displayed in the user interface for the respective series of episodic content regardless of whether or not the user has watched the portion of the series of episodic content. Optionally, the series of episodic content is associated with the third bonus content item, which is associated with both the first episode and the second episode. In some embodiments, the third bonus content item is associated with the entire series of episodic content. For example, the third bonus content item relates generally to the series of episodic content or to the entire season of the series of episodic content. Optionally, in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device has not watched the series of episodic content, the user interface for the respective series of episodic content includes a representation of the third bonus content item that is selectable to access the third bonus content item. In accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device has not watched the series of episodic content, the electronic device optionally displays representations of all of the bonus content items associated with the series of episodic content, including bonus content items related to specific episodes of the series of episodic content (e.g., the first and second bonus content items) and bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content (e.g., the third bonus content item). For example, if a user has not ever watched a respective television show using the electronic device, the user interface corresponding to the respective television show includes representations of all bonus content items related to the show, including representations of bonus content items related to specific episodes and representations of bonus content items related to the entire series. Optionally, in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device has watched at least the portion of the series of episodic content and that the current playback position of the user in the series of episodic content corresponds to the first episode, the user interface for the respective series of episodic content includes the representation of the third bonus content item that is selectable to access the third bonus content item. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device has watched the series of episodic content, the electronic device displays representations of bonus content items related to the episode corresponding to the current playback position within the series of episodic content and representations of bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content. Optionally, the electronic device does not display representations of bonus content items related only to other episodes in the series of episodic content. For example, if the user is watching a respective series of episodic content and the current playback position within the series of episodic content corresponds to the third episode of the series, the user interface associated with the series includes representations of items of bonus content associated with the third episode in the series and representations of items of bonus content associated with the entire series, but does not include representations of items of bonus content related to other episodes in the series. 
     The above-described manner of displaying the representation of the third bonus content item associated with the first and second episodes regardless of whether the user has watched at least the portion of the series of episodic content enables the electronic device to provide quick access to bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content from the user interface associated with the series of episodic content, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by providing a predictable and efficient way of accessing the bonus content related to the entire series of episodic content, thus reducing the number of inputs needed to access the bonus content related to the entire series), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device has not watched the series of episodic content, the representation  1226   a  of the third bonus content item is displayed with higher priority than (e.g., before, such as at the first position(s) in a list of bonus content) the representations  1226   c - 1226   d  of the first and second bonus content items in a respective region of the user interface for the respective series of episodic content, such as in  FIG.  12 C . In some embodiments, the representations of the bonus content items are displayed in a row in the user interface and, in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device has not watched the series of episodic content, the representations of bonus content items related to the entire series (e.g., the third bonus content item) are displayed first (e.g., leftmost) within the row, followed by representations of bonus content items specific to respective episodes of the series of episodic content (e.g., the first and second bonus content items). The electronic device optionally displays the representations of episode-specific bonus content items in chronological order based on the release date of the episode-specific bonus content items. For example, in accordance with a determination that the user has not watched the series of episodic content, the user interface includes a bonus content row with representations of bonus content items from left to right starting with bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content, then representations of episode-specific bonus content items in chronological order of release date (e.g., most recent release to least recent release). In some embodiments, the bonus content row is horizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations of bonus content items not displayed prior to the scrolling input being received at the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has watched at least the portion of the series of episodic content and that the current playback position of the user in the series of episodic content corresponds to the first episode, the representation  1226   e  of the first bonus content item is displayed with higher priority than (e.g., before, such as at the first position(s) in a list of bonus content) the representation  1226   a  of the third bonus content item in the respective region of the user interface for the respective series of episodic content, such as in  FIG.  12 O . In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the user has watched the series of episodic content, the electronic device displays the bonus content items in the bonus content row of the user interface with the representations of bonus content items associated with the episode corresponding to the current playback position first (e.g., leftmost) within the row followed by the representations of bonus content items associated with the entire series of episodic content. For example, if the user is watching a series of episodic content and the current playback position corresponds to the first episode in the series, the electronic device displays the user interface including the representations of the bonus content items associated with the first episode first within the bonus content row followed by the representations of bonus content items associated with the entire series. As another example, if the user is watching the series and the current playback position corresponds to the second episode in the series, the electronic device displays the user interface including the representations of the bonus content items associated with the second episode first within the bonus content row followed by the representations of bonus content items associated with the entire series. 
     The above-described manner of displaying the representations of bonus content items in different orders enables the electronic device to provide quick access to the bonus content item that is likely more relevant to the user (e.g., when the user has not watched the series, it is more likely that they will be interested in bonus content related to the whole series, rather than bonus content related to a specific episode, and if the user has watched part of the series, it is more likely that they are more interested in bonus content related to the episode corresponding to the current playback position) which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to access relevant bonus content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the series of episodic content is associated with a first trailer  1222   a  (e.g., an item of content related to the series of episodic content meant to entice the user to watch the series of episodic content), such as in  FIG.  12 C . In some embodiments, trailers are associated with the entire series of episodic content and/or trailers are associated with individual episodes from the series of episodic content. For example, a trailer that is associated with the entire series of episodic content relates to the entire series of episodic content (e.g., and includes snippets of content from multiple episodes of the content series) and is meant to entice the user to watch the series of episodic content. As another example, a trailer that is associated with a respective episode of the series of episodic content relates to the respective episode (e.g., and includes snippets of content from only one episode—for example, the respective episode—of the content series) and is meant to entice the user to watch the respective episode in the series of episodic content. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 C , the user interface for the respective series of episodic content further includes a representation  1226   a  of the first trailer that is selectable to access the first trailer. Optionally, the representation of the first trailer is displayed in the user interface for the respective series of episodic content regardless of whether or not the user of the electronic device has watched the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device has not watched the series of episodic content, the user interface for the respective series of episodic content further includes a representation of the first trailer that is selectable to access the first trailer. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays representations of all of the trailers—including the first trailer—associated with the series of episodic content in accordance with a determination that the user has not watched the series of episodic content. For example, the first trailer is associated with the entire series of episodic content or with a respective episode in the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device has watched at least the portion of the series of episodic content, the user interface for the series of episodic content further includes the representation of the first trailer that is selectable to access the first trailer. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the representation of the first trailer irrespective of whether or not the user has watched the series of episodic content. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 C , the user interface  1202  includes a first region (e.g., a first row) above a second region (e.g., a second row). In some embodiments, each region is a row of representations of content (e.g., bonus content or trailers)—other than episodes included in the series of episodic content—related to the series of episodic content. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 C , in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has not watched the series of episodic content, the representation  1222   a  of the first trailer is displayed in the first region (e.g., the first row) of the user interface, and the representations  1226  of the first and second bonus content items are displayed in the second region (e.g., the second row) of the user interface  1202 . In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the user has not watched the series of episodic content, the row of representations of trailers is displayed above the row of representations of bonus content in the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 O , in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has watched at least the portion of the series of episodic content, the representation  1226   e  of the first bonus content item is displayed in the first region (e.g., the first row) of the user interface  1202 , and the representation of the first trailer  1220   a  is displayed in the second region (e.g., the second row) of the user interface. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the user has watched at least a portion of the series of episodic content, the row of representations of bonus content is displayed above the row of representations of trailers in the user interface. 
     The above-described manner of changing the order of the trailer and bonus content rows in the user interface enables the electronic device to present the representations of the items of content that are most relevant to the user with higher priority and quicker access (e.g., displaying the representation of the first trailer with higher priority when the user has not watched the series and displaying the representations of bonus content when the user has watched the series), which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to access the trailer when the user has not watched the series of episodic content and reducing the number of inputs needed to access bonus content when the user has watched the series of episodic content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 C , the series of episodic content is associated with a second trailer  1226   a  that was released after the first trailer  1226   b . Each of the first and second trailers are optionally related to the entire series of episodic content or related to a single respective episode of the series of episodic content. For example, the first and second trailers can be related to the same episode, to different individual episodes, or to the entire series and an individual episode respectively. Optionally, in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has not watched the series of episodic content, the user interface  1202  for the respective series of episodic content further includes a representation  1226   a  of the second trailer that is displayed with a higher priority than (e.g., before) the representation  1226   b  of the first trailer in a respective region (e.g., a row) of the user interface in which the representations of the first and second trailers are displayed (e.g., a trailer row of the user interface), such as in  FIG.  12 C . In some embodiments, the trailers are displayed in reverse-chronological order with the representation of the most recently released trailer being first (e.g., leftmost) in the trailer row and the other trailers being displayed left to right in reverse-chronological order (e.g., newest first, oldest last). In some embodiments, the order in which the representations of trailers are displayed depends only on the release date of the trailers and does not depend on which trailers are related to the entire series of episodic content versus which being related only to a respective episode in the series. The trailer row is optionally horizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations of trailers that were not displayed prior to detection of a scrolling input. For example, if the second trailer was released before the first trailer, then the electronic device would display the representation of the first trailer to the left of the representation of the second trailer. In some embodiments, the representation of the first trailer is selectable to initiate a process to access the first trailer and the representation of the second trailer is selectable to initiate a process to access the second trailer. Optionally, in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has watched at least the portion of the series of episodic content, the user interface  1202  for the respective series of episodic content further includes the representation  1220   a  of the second trailer that is displayed with a higher priority than (e.g., before) the representation  1220   b  of the first trailer in a respective region (e.g., row) of the user interface in which the representations of the first and second trailers are displayed (e.g., a trailer row.), such as in  FIG.  12 O . The electronic device optionally displays the representations of the trailers in reverse-chronological order irrespective of whether or not the user has watched the series of episodic content and irrespective of the current playback position in the series of episodic content if the user has watched the series. In some embodiments, the trailers are displayed in reverse-chronological order with the representation of the most recently released trailer being first (e.g., leftmost) in the trailer row and the other trailers being displayed left to right in reverse-chronological order (e.g., newest first, oldest last). In some embodiments, the order in which the representations of trailers are displayed depends only on the release date of the trailers and does not depend on which trailers are related to the entire series of episodic content versus which being related only to a respective episode in the series. The trailer row is optionally horizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations of trailers that were not displayed prior to detection of a scrolling input. For example, if the second trailer was released before the first trailer, then the electronic device would display the representation of the first trailer to the left of the representation of the second trailer. In some embodiments, the representation of the first trailer is selectable to initiate a process to access the first trailer and the representation of the second trailer is selectable to initiate a process to access the second trailer. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 C , the representation  1226   a  of the first bonus content item includes (e.g., or alternatively is displayed along with) an indication of the first episode with which the first bonus content item is associated, and metadata associated with the first bonus content item (e.g., a title of the first bonus content item, the runtime of the first bonus content item, the parental guidance rating of the first bonus content item, the audio/video quality of the first bonus content item, and/or the release date of the first bonus content item). In some embodiments, the representation of the first bonus content item further includes an image associated with the first bonus content item, which is optionally a still or animated image included in the first bonus content item. For example, the first bonus content item is a video and the image is one or more frames of the video. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 C , the representation  1226   b  of the second bonus content item includes (e.g., or alternatively is displayed along with) an indication of the second episode with which the second bonus content item is associated, and metadata associated with the second bonus content item (e.g., a title of the second bonus content item, the runtime of the second bonus content item, the parental guidance rating of the second bonus content item, the audio/video quality of the second bonus content item, and/or the release date of the second bonus content item). In some embodiments, the representation of the second bonus content item further includes an image associated with the second bonus content item, which is optionally a still or animated image included in the second bonus content item. For example, the second bonus content item is a video and the image is one or more frames of the video. 
     The above-described manner of including an indication of the episode and metadata associated with the respective bonus content item with the representation of the respective bonus content item enables the electronic device to quickly and efficiently provide the user with information about the respective bonus content item while displaying the user interface for the series of episodic content, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the episode and metadata associated with the respective bonus content item compared to not displaying the indication and metadata in the user interface for the series of episodic content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 AA , the respective series of episodic content is further associated with a third bonus content item  1226   j  that is associated with a final episode of the respective series of episodic content (e.g., the last episode in the series of episodic content), wherein the third bonus content item  1226   j  is not associated with the first or second episodes of the series of episodic content (e.g., the third bonus content item is associated with the final episode only). The final episode is optionally the final episode in the entire series (e.g., no more episodes of the series will be released in the future) or the final episode of the current season (e.g., no more episodes will be released in the current season, and there are currently no seasons after the current season, but new seasons will be released in the future). For example, a series of episodic content currently has two seasons and the final season is the season finale of the second season and the third bonus content item is associated with the final episode without being associated with the other episodes in the series. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 AA , in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has finished watching the final episode of the respective series of episodic content, the user interface  1202  for the respective series of episodic content includes a representation  1226   j  of the third bonus content item that is selectable to access the third bonus content item, and does not include the representations of the first and second bonus content items. The playback position within the series of episodic content optionally remains associated with the final episode once the user finishes watching the final episode. In some embodiments, while the playback position is associated with the final episode, the user interface associated with the series of episodic content includes representations of bonus content items associated with the final episode and does not include representations of bonus content items associated with other single respective episodes in the series of episodic content. The user interface associated with the series of episodic content optionally further includes representations of bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content in addition to the representations of the bonus content items associated with the final episode of the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, rather than excluding representations of bonus content items related only to individual previously-played episodes, the electronic device moves these representations to the end of a list. For example, the electronic device displays representations of bonus content items associated with the current episode first, then representations of bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content, and, last, representations of bonus content items related only to single, previously-played episodes. 
     The above-described manner of displaying the representation of the third bonus content item in the user interface in accordance with a determination that the user has finished watching the final episode of the series of episodic content enables the electronic device to provide quick access to the third bonus content item associated with the final episode from the user interface associated with the series of episodic content when the user is likely to want to access the third bonus content item (e.g., after watching the final episode), which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to access relevant bonus content items), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 AA , the respective series of episodic content is further associated with a third bonus content item  1226   j  that is associated with a final episode of the respective series of episodic content (e.g., the last episode in the series of episodic content), wherein the third bonus content item  1226   j  is not associated with the first or second episodes of the series of episodic content (e.g., the third bonus content item is associated with the final episode only). The final episode is optionally the final episode in the entire series (e.g., no more episodes of the series will be released in the future) or the final episode of the current season (e.g., no more episodes will be released in the current season, and there are currently no seasons after the current season, but new seasons will be released in the future). For example, a series of episodic content currently has two seasons and the final season is the season finale of the second season and the third bonus content item is associated with the final episode without being associated with the other episodes in the series. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 AA , in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has finished watching the final episode of the respective series of episodic content and in accordance with a determination that an amount of time since the user of the electronic device finished watching the final episode of the respective series of episodic content is less than a predetermined time threshold (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or 6 months), the user interface  1202  for the respective series of episodic content includes a representation  1226   j  of the third bonus content item that is selectable to access the third bonus content item, and does not include the representations of the first and second bonus content items. The playback position within the series of episodic content optionally remains associated with the final episode for a predetermined period of time (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 months) after the user finishes watching the final episode. In some embodiments, the user interface associated with the series of episodic content includes representations of bonus content items associated with the final episode and does not include representations of bonus content items associated with other single respective episodes in the series of episodic content for the predetermined time (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 months) after the user finishes watching the final episode. The user interface associated with the series of episodic content optionally further includes representations of bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content in addition to the representations of the bonus content items associated with the final episode of the series of episodic content. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIGS.  12 BB- 12 CC , in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device has finished watching the final episode of the respective series of episodic content, in accordance with a determination that the amount of time since the user of the electronic device finished watching the final episode of the respective series of episodic content is greater than the predetermined time threshold (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or 6 months), the user interface for the respective series of episodic content includes the representations  1226  of the first, second, and third bonus content items. In some embodiments, once the predetermined period of time (e.g., 2, 4, 5, or 6 months) has passed since the user has finished the final episode of the series of episodic content, the user interface associated with the series of episodic content includes representations of all of the bonus content items associated with the series of episodic content. The user interface optionally includes representations of bonus content items associated with the entire series of episodic content and all episode-specific bonus content items (e.g., all bonus content items associated with individual episodes in the series of episodic content). 
     The above-described manner of temporarily maintaining the playback position at the final episode enables the electronic device to make it quicker for the user to access the third bonus content item associated with the final episode when the user recently finished watching the final episode and is more likely to want to watch the bonus content associated with the final episode and to make it quicker for the user to browse and access the first, second, and third bonus content items when the user is less likely to be particularly interested in the bonus content associated with the final episode and may be considering re-watching the series of episodic content, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to browse and access the bonus content items that are likely to be of interest to the user depending on how long it has been since the user finished watching the final episode of the series of episodic content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 P , while displaying the user interface  1202  for the respective series of episodic content and while the current playback position of the user in the series of episodic content corresponds to the first episode (e.g., the user has started watching the first episode but has not progressed to watching the second episode), the electronic device receives, via the one or more input devices  510 , an input (e.g., contact  1203 ) corresponding to a request to display a user interface  1204  for the second episode of the respective series of episodic content (e.g., an episode page user interface associated with the second episode), such as user interface  1204  in  FIG.  12 Q . In some embodiments, the episode page user interface includes information about a respective episode of the series of episodic content, including a selectable option to play the episode, information about how to watch the respective episode (e.g., subscription services and channels that provide access to the episode), metadata about the episode (e.g., runtime, release date, cast and crew, synopsis, genre, audio/video quality/format, parental guidance rating, etc.), and representations of bonus content associated with the episode. The electronic device optionally displays the episode page user interface in response to detecting selection of an option associated with the episode page user interface for a respective episode. For example, in response to detecting selection of an option associated with the episode page user interface for the second episode, the electronic device displays the episode page for the second episode. As another example, in response to detecting selection of an option associated with the episode page user interface for the first episode, the electronic device displays the episode page for the first episode. In some embodiments, each episode in the series of episodic content has an episode page user interface associated therewith. The episode page user interface is optionally displayed in accordance with one or more steps of method  1100 . 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to display the user interface for the second episode, such as in  FIG.  12 Q , the electronic device  500  displays, via the display device, the user interface  1204  for the second episode, such as in  FIG.  12 Q , wherein the user interface for the second episode includes the representation of the second bonus content item  1226   f , such as in  FIG.  12 R . The episode page user interface for the second episode optionally does not include the representation of the first bonus content item associated with the first episode. In some embodiments, the episode page user interface for the second episode includes representations of all of the bonus content items associated with the second episode, including bonus content items associated solely with the second episode and bonus content items associated with the entire series of episodic content. The episode page user interface of the second episode optionally includes the representations of bonus content items associated with the second episode irrespective of the user&#39;s playback position within the series of episodic content (e.g., even if the bonus content items associated with the second episode are not displayed in the content series user interface). Likewise, in some embodiments, an episode page user interface for the first episode includes representations of bonus content related to the first episode, including bonus content items associated with the first episode only and bonus content items associated with the entire series of episodic content, irrespective of the user&#39;s playback position within the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the episode page user interface for the first episode does not include the representation of the second bonus content item associated with the second episode. Thus, the representations of bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content are optionally included in the episode page user interfaces for all of the episodes included in the series of episodic content. 
     The above-described manner of displaying the user interface for the second episode with the representation of the second bonus content item associated with the second episode when the current playback position of the user in the series of episodic content corresponds to the first episode enables the electronic device to provide quick access to bonus content items associated with episodes other than the episode that corresponds to the current playback position of the user in the series of episodic content, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by providing an efficient and predictable way of accessing the bonus content items associated with each episode in the series of episodic content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 R , the respective series of episodic content is further associated with a third bonus content item  1226   a  associated with the first and second episodes of the series of episodic content (e.g., a bonus content item associated with the entire series of episodic content). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 R , the representation  1226   f  of the second bonus content item is displayed with higher priority than (e.g., before, such as at the first position(s) in a list of bonus content) a representation  1226   a  of the third bonus content item in a respective region (e.g., a row) of the user interface for the second episode. The representation of the second bonus content item is optionally displayed to the left of the representation of the third bonus content item in a row of representations of bonus content items on the episode page user interface for the second episode. Generally speaking, in some embodiments, the representations of bonus content items related only to the second episode are displayed to the left of the representations of the bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content in the bonus content row of the episode page user interface associated with the second episode. Likewise, the episode page user interface associated with the first episode optionally includes a bonus content row that includes representations of bonus content items related only to the first episode (e.g., the representation of the first bonus content item) displayed to the left of the representations of bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the bonus content row is horizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations of bonus content items that were not displayed prior to receiving the scrolling input. 
     The above-described manner of displaying the representation of the second bonus content item that is associated with the second episode with higher priority than the representation of the third bonus content item that is associated with both the first episode and the second episode enables the electronic device to make it quicker for the user to access the bonus content item associated with the second episode while displaying the user interface for the second episode, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to access the second bonus content item, which the user is likely to be more interested in viewing than the third bonus content item because the user chose to view a user interface for the second episode), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 X , the respective series of episodic content is associated with a third bonus content item  1226   h  associated with the second episode, the user interface for the second episode  1204  includes a representation  1226   h  of the third bonus content item, such as in  FIG.  12 X , and in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device has watched at least a portion of the series of episodic content and that a current playback position of the user in the series of episodic content corresponds to the first episode, such as in  FIG.  12 O , the user interface  1202  for the respective series of episodic content does not include the representation of the third bonus content item. In some embodiments, even if the user interface for the respective series of episodic content does not include a representation of the third bonus content item associated with the second episode (e.g., because the playback position corresponds to the first episode), the user interface for the second episode still includes the representation of the third bonus content item—and representations of other bonus content items associated with the second episode. 
     The above-described manner of displaying representations of bonus content items associated with the second episode in the user interface for the second episode even when the representations of bonus content items associated with the second episode are not displayed in the user interface for the series of episodic content enables the electronic device to reduce the number of representations of bonus content items included in the user interface for the series of episodic content while still providing access to all of the bonus content by displaying the representations of bonus content items associated with a respective episode in the user interface for the respective episode which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to access bonus content related to the current playback position of the user in the series of episodic content while also providing a predictable way to access all other bonus content items from the user interfaces for individual episodes), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 L , in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has not watched the series of episodic content, the user interface  1204  for the second episode includes the representation  1226   c  of the second bonus content item. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 R , in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has watched at least the portion of the series of episodic content, the user interface  1204  for the second episode includes the representation  1226   f  of the second bonus content item. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 R , in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device  500  is entitled to access the series of episodic content (e.g., the user is subscribed to a channel, streaming service, or other provider that provides the series of episodic content, or the user has purchased the series of episodic content), the user interface  1204  for the second episode includes the representation  1226   f  of the second bonus content item. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 F , in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device  500  is not entitled to access the series of episodic content (e.g., the user is not subscribed to the channel, streaming service, or other provider that provides the series of episodic content, and the user has not purchased the series of episodic content), the user interface  1204  for the second episode includes the representation  1226   c  of the second bonus content item. The episode page user interface optionally further includes representations of bonus content items associated with the entire series of episodic content irrespective of whether or not the user has watched the series of episodic content and irrespective of whether the user is entitled to access the respective series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the user is entitled to access the respective series of episodic content via an active subscription to a streaming service, channel, or other content provider. Optionally, the user is not entitled to access the respective series of episodic content if they do not have an active subscription to the service or content provider that provides the series. For example, if the user is subscribed to the service that provides access to the series of episodic content, the episode page user interface for the second episode includes representations of the bonus content items associated with the second episode, including bonus content associated only with the second episode and bonus content items associated with the entire series of episodic content. As another example, even if the user is not subscribed to the service that provides access to the series of episodic content, the episode page user interface for the second episode includes representations of the bonus content items associated with the second episode, including bonus content associated only with the second episode and bonus content items associated with the entire series of episodic content. Likewise, in some embodiments, an episode page user interface for the first episode includes representations of bonus content items related to the first episode, including bonus content items related only to the first episode and bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic content irrespective of whether the user has watched the series of episodic content and whether or not the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the user is able to access the items of bonus content regardless of whether the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the user is only able to access the bonus content items if they are entitled to access the series of episodic content. 
     The above-described manner of displaying the representation of the second bonus content item in the episode page user interface for the second episode in a variety of scenarios enables the electronic device to provide quick and predictable access to the second bonus content item, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to find the representation of the second bonus content item by displaying it consistently in the episode page user interface for the second episode), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 C , in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has not watched the series of episodic content and in accordance with a determination that the series of episodic content is currently-releasing series of episodic content (e.g., new episodes of the series of episodic content are still being released), the user interface  1202  for the series of episodic content includes the representations  1226  of the first and second bonus content items. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 C , in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has not watched the series of episodic content and in accordance with a determination that the series of episodic content is not a currently-releasing series of episodic content (e.g., all episodes of the respective series of episodic content have been released), the user interface  1202  for the series of episodic content includes the representations  1226  of the first and second bonus content items. For example, if the series of episodic content is not a currently-releasing series of episodic content, one or more episodes that will be included in a currently-releasing series of episodic content have not yet been released. Optionally, a series of episodic content that is not a currently-releasing series of episodic content is a “closed” series episodic content. In some embodiments, when a series of episodic content is “closed,” all episodes of the series of episodic content have been released and no further episodes are scheduled to be released in the future (e.g., the series has been canceled). In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device has not watched the series of episodic content, the user interface associated with the respective series of episodic content includes representations of all of the bonus content items associated with the series of episodic content regardless of whether the series of episodic content is a “closed” series or is a currently-releasing series. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 O , in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has watched at least the portion of the series of episodic content and that the current playback position of the user in the series of episodic content corresponds to the first episode and in accordance with the determination that the series of episodic content is currently-releasing series of episodic content (e.g., new episodes of the series of episodic content are still being released), the user interface  1202  includes the representation  1226   f  of the first bonus content item, and the user interface does not include the representation of the second bonus content item. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 O , in accordance with the determination that the user of the electronic device  500  has watched at least the portion of the series of episodic content and that the current playback position of the user in the series of episodic content corresponds to the first episode and in accordance with a determination that the series of episodic content is not a currently-releasing series of episodic content (e.g., all episodes of the respective series of episodic content have been released), the user interface  1202  includes the representation  1226   f  of the first bonus content item, and the user interface does not include the representation of the second bonus content item. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the user has watched at least a portion of the series of episodic content, the user interface associated with the series of episodic content includes representations of bonus content items related to the episode associated with the current playback position within the series of episodic content regardless of whether the series of episodic content is a “closed” series or is a currently-releasing series. For example, if the playback position is currently associated with the first episode, the user interface for the series of episodic content includes representations of bonus content items related only to the first episode and representations of bonus content items related to the entire series—without including representations of bonus content items related only to other episodes in the series—regardless of whether the series of episodic content is a “closed” series or is a currently-releasing series. As another example, if the playback position is currently associated with the second episode, the user interface for the series of episodic content includes representations of bonus content items related only to the second episode and representations of bonus content items related to the entire series—without including representations of bonus content items related to only to other episodes in the series regardless of whether the series of episodic content is a “closed” series or is a currently-releasing series. 
     The above-described manner of displaying bonus content items irrespective of the release status of the content series enables the electronic device to provide quick and predictable access to the representations of bonus content most relevant to the user based on the playback position within the series of episodic content, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by providing a predictable and efficient way of accessing the most relevant bonus content to all users, irrespective of whether the user watches the series while it is open or closed), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG.  13    have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 , and  1100 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  1300  described above with respect to  FIG.  13   . For example, the ways of presenting representations of bonus content items described above with reference to method  1300  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the ways of presenting representations of items of content, presenting representations of auxiliary content, presenting representations of content based on the content consumption history of the user account, etc., described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 , and  1100 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., a as described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  3 ,  5 A- 5 C  or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to  FIG.  13    are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . For example, displaying operation  1304  and receiving operation  1302  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . 
     As described above, one aspect of the present technology is the gathering and use of data available from various sources to improve the delivery to users of content that may be of interest to them. The present disclosure contemplates that in some instances, this gathered data may include personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to contact or locate a specific person. Such personal information data can include demographic data, location-based data, telephone numbers, email addresses, twitter ID&#39;s, home addresses, data or records relating to a user&#39;s health or level of fitness (e.g., vital signs measurements, medication information, exercise information), date of birth, or any other identifying or personal information. 
     The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users. For example, the personal information data can be used to deliver targeted content that is of greater interest to the user. Accordingly, use of such personal information data enables users to calculated control of the delivered content. Further, other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure. For instance, health and fitness data may be used to provide insights into a user&#39;s general wellness, or may be used as positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue wellness goals. 
     The present disclosure contemplates that the entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices. In particular, such entities should implement and consistently use privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining personal information data private and secure. Such policies should be easily accessible by users, and should be updated as the collection and/or use of data changes. Personal information from users should be collected for legitimate and reasonable uses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of those legitimate uses. Further, such collection/sharing should occur after receiving the informed consent of the users. Additionally, such entities should consider taking any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information data and ensuring that others with access to the personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy policies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should be adapted for the particular types of personal information data being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations. For instance, in the US, collection of or access to certain health data may be governed by federal and/or state laws, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA); whereas health data in other countries may be subject to other regulations and policies and should be handled accordingly. Hence different privacy practices should be maintained for different personal data types in each country. 
     Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information data. For example, in the case of content delivery services, the present technology can be configured to allow users to select to “opt in” or “opt out” of participation in the collection of personal information data during registration for services or anytime thereafter. In another example, users can select not to provide content taste data for targeted content delivery services. In addition to providing “opt in” and “opt out” options, the present disclosure contemplates providing notifications relating to the access or use of personal information. For instance, a user may be notified upon downloading an app that their personal information data will be accessed and then reminded again just before personal information data is accessed by the app. 
     Moreover, it is the intent of the present disclosure that personal information data should be managed and handled in a way to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk can be minimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting data once it is no longer needed. In addition, and when applicable, including in certain health related applications, data de-identification can be used to protect a user&#39;s privacy. De-identification may be facilitated, when appropriate, by removing specific identifiers (e.g., date of birth, etc.), controlling the amount or specificity of data stored (e.g., collecting location data a city level rather than at an address level), controlling how data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users), and/or other methods. 
     Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data. For example, content can be selected and delivered to users by inferring preferences based on non-personal information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information, such as the content being requested by the device associated with a user, other non-personal information available to the content delivery services, or publicly available information. 
     The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical applications, to thereby enable others skilled in the art to best use the invention and various described embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.

Metadata:
Filing Date: 20210702
Publication Date: 20230905
Grant Date: 20230905
Priority Date: 20190324
Inventors: DIAZ DELGADO, Juliana
HAROLD, SEAN M.
CARPENTER, WILLIAM D.
AROCHE MARTINEZ, JOSE J.
CHRISTIE, Benjamin T.
DAVYDOV, ANTON M.
MORETTI, DAVID M.
WALDEN, OSCAR H.
GAUSSOIN, Justin
WOOD, POLICARPO BONILLA
PONSON, FLORIAN MAXIME
Assignee: APPLE INC
CPC Classifications: [{"code": "H04N21/4667", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04N21/4668", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04N21/4825", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0485", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F9/451", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F16/743", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04N21/47217", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04N21/482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0485", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04N21/47202", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04N21/4825", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F9/451", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04N21/472", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04N21/482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04N21/482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04N21/4784", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04N21/4312", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04N21/47", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0483", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04883", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/03547", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F9/451", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F16/743", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0485", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04N21/47217", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04N21/482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}]
Family ID: 70277529